Environmental Impact Assessment (Draft)
August 2015
IND: Bihar New Ganga Bridge Project
Prepared by Bihar State Roads Development Corporation Limited, Government of India for the Asian Development Bank.
CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of 13 August 2015) Currency unit – Indian rupees (INR/Rs)} Rs1.00 = $ 0.7113 $1.00 = Rs 64.945
ABBREVIATIONS ADB – Asian Development Bank ADT average daily traffic BSRDCL – Bihar State Road Development Corporation Limited CWC Central Water Commission EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan GOI Government of India IMD Indian Meteorology Department IUCN Integrated Union for Conservation of Nature MFF – Multitranche Financing Facility MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest ORC Ordinary Capital Resources PCU passenger car unit REA Rapid Enviornmental Assessment ROB road over bridge SPS Safeguard Policy Statement SEAC State Environmental Appraisal Committee TOR Terms of reference
This environmental impact assessment is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.
In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.
CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION 1 A. Background 1 B. Project Rationale 2 C. Environment Category and Scope of the EIA Study 4 D. Methodology Adopted for the EIA Study 7 E. Structure of the Report 8 II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORKS ...... 10 A. National (India) Environmental Policy Framework 10 B. Social Regulatory Requirements of India and State 13 C. International Treaties and Relevance to the Project 14 III. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 19 A. Type of Project 19 B. Location and Features of the Proposed Project 19 C. Engineering Surveys and Investigations 21 D. Projected Traffic for the Design 21 E. Components of the Project 21 F. Proposed Alignment and Conceptual Plan of Project Components 25 G. Cost of the Project and Implementation Arrangement 31 IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...... 32 A. Physical Environment 32 B. Ecological Environment 54 C. Socio-Economic Environment 74 D. Socio-Economic Profile of Project Affected Person 80 V. IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 84 A. Anticipated Environmental Impacts 86 VI. CLIMATE CHANGE RISK AND ADAPTATION FOR GANGA BRIDGE ...... 93 A. Review of Related Literature 93 B. Predicted High Flood Level 95 C. Testing for Non-Stationarity 97 D. Return Periods vs. Return Levels 99 E. Design Flood for River Ganga at Patna 100 F. Adaptation Measure 101 VII. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 103 A. Introduction 103 B. ‘With Project’ and ‘Without Project’ Scenario 103 C. Alternative Alignments/Locations 106 D. Alignment Modifications due to Environmental Considerations 108 E. Engineering / Technological Alternatives 108 VIII. PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE ...... 112 A. Overview of Consultation Processes 112 IX. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ...... 122 X. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ...... 124 A. Roles and Responsibolities 125 B. Capacity Building 130
ANNEXURES ANNEX 1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST ...... 132 ANNEX 2: COMPARISON OF WB AND GOI AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (NAAQS) ...... 136 ANNEX 3: COMPARISON OF WB EHS AND GOI AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL STANDARDS .. 137 ANNEX 4: DETAILS OF TREES TO BE CUT ...... 138 ANNEX 5: SPECIES-SPECIFIC DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT REQUIREMENT DATA ...... 148 ANNEX 6: PARTICIPANTS TO THE CONSULTATIONS ...... 150 ANNEX 7: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 151 ANNEX 8: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASES ...... 195
LIST OF TABLES Table 1: Project Categorization ...... 4 Table 2: Applicable Environmental National and State Requirements ...... 11 Table 3: Key Steps in Tree Cutting Permission Process: ...... 18 Table 4: Details of the Project ...... 19 Table 5. Projected Traffic for the Project ...... 21 Table 6. Preliminary BSRDCL Estimated Project Cost ...... 31 Table 7: Soil Quality in the Project Area ...... 38 Table 8: Land use classification of Bihar State ...... 41 Table 9: classification within Project Influence Area based on Satellite Imagery ...... 42 Table 10: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 43 Table 11: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ...... 44 Table 12: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to PM10 (24 hour average) Dry/winter season ...... 44 Table 13: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to PM2.5 (24 hour average) Dry/winter season ...... 44 Table 14: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to SO2 (24 hour average) Dry/winter season 45 Table 15: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to NO2 (24 hour average) Dry/winter season ...... 45 Table 16: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to CO (24 hour average) Dry/winter season 45 Table 17: Details of Noise Level Monitoring Locations ...... 46 Table 18: Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in Dry/winter Season ...... 47 Table 19: Surface Water Quality in the Project Area ...... 50 Table 20: Ground Water Quality in the Project area ...... 52 Table 21: Forest Cover of Bihar and Project Districts ...... 56 Table 22: Recorded Forest Area of Bihar ...... 57 Table 23: List of Trees /Plants in the Project Area and It’s Status ...... 59 Table 24: Protected Area Network in the State of Bihar ...... 61 Table 25: List of Endangered Fauna Species in Ganga River Basin ...... 65 Table 26: List of Avifauna Found in the Project Area ...... 65 Table 27: Fish Species in the River Section under Project Area ...... 67 Table 28: Land Use Pattern based on Satellite Imagery (Year 2013) ...... 74 Table 29: The Demography of Villages of Core Zone of Vaishali district through in which proposed bridge located ...... 76 Table 30: The Demography of Villages of Core Sone of Patna district through in which proposed bridge located ...... 77 Table 31: List of Sensitive Receptors along the Project Road ...... 80 Table 32: Social Categories of the DPs ...... 80 Table 33: Number of DPs ...... 81 Table 34: Vulnerable Households being affected ...... 81 Table 35: Annual Income Level of the Affected Households...... 82 Table 36: Number of DPs considered as Separate family as per LA Act ...... 82 Table 37: Educational Status of DPs ...... 82 Table 38: Occupational Status of DPs ...... 83 Table 39: Modeling Annual Maximum Flood at Gandhighat Station, Patna ...... 95 Table 40: % Change for Estimated Maximum Discharge ...... 100 Table 41: Comparison of ‘With’ and ‘Without’ Project Scenario ...... 105 Table 42: Comparison of Alternative Alignments for Proposed 6-lane Ganga Bridge at Patna 107 Table 43: Cost Comparison of 6-lane Briage with Three Superstructure Options ...... 108 Table 44: Summary of Public Consultation with project affected people: ...... 113 Table 45: List of Partner Organizations in Implementing the EMP ...... 130 Table 46: Ambient Air Quality standards of WB EHS Vs. the GOI NAAQS ...... 136 Table 47: Ambient Noise level standards of WB EHS Vs. the GOI NAAQS ...... 137
LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1: Map of the Project Site ...... 2 Figure 2: Connectivity of Proposed Bridge to the Regional Road Network ...... 3 Figure 3: EIA Study Area ...... 6 Figure 4: Environmental Legal Administrative Framework in India ...... 16 Figure 5: Environmental Clearance Process in India ...... 17 Figure 6: Location Map of the Project Site on Google earth Image...... 20 Figure 7: Location of the Project Site on SOI Topographic Map ...... 20 Figure 8: General Arrangement Drawing of Proposed Bridge ...... 23 Figure 9: Cross Section Detail of Proposed bridge and Foundation ...... 24 Figure 10: Proposed Road Alignment of the Bihar New Ganga Bridge and Approach Roads ....25 Figure 11: Section 1: Conceptual Plan of the Project Start Point Intersection of Patna- Bakhtiyarpur(diverted NH-30) ...... 25 Figure 12. Section 2: Conceptual Plan of the Rail-Over-Bridge across Patna - Mokama Main line ...... 26 Figure 13. Section 3: Conceptual Plan of the Old NH-30/Loknayak Ganga Path Interchange ...26 Figure 14. Section 4: Conceptual Plan of the Bakhtiyarpur-Patna Toll Post ...... 27 Figure 15. Section 5: Conceptual Plan of the Bihar New Ganga Main Bridge ...... 28 Figure 16. Section 6: Conceptual Plan of the Raghopur Diara Access Ramps ...... 28 Figure 17. Section 8: Conceptual Plan of the Junction Arrangement at Mehnar Road ...... 29 Figure 18. Section 10: Conceptual Plan of the Arrangement of 6-lane facility across Hajipur to Samastipur Main line (ROB) ...... 30 Figure 19. Section 11: Conceptual Plan of the Arrangement between Chak Sikander Railway Station, NH-103 & Gazipur Chowk (End Point) ...... 30 Figure 20: Average Temparature (0C) Graph for Patna based on 2000 to 2012 Data ...... 32 Figure 21: Five year Average Rainfall Data of Patna ...... 33 Figure 22 Wind rose Diagram of the Project Area. June, 2013 ...... 33 Figure 23: Geological Map of Bihar and Project Area ...... 35 Figure 24: Physiographic Map of Project Area ...... 36 Figure 25: Soil Map of the State and Project Area ...... 37 Figure 26: Seismic Zonation Map of India and Project Region ...... 39 Figure 27: Drainage Pattern and River Basin Map of Bihar and Project Region ...... 40 Figure 28: Landuse pattern in Bihar State ...... 41 Figure 29: Distribution of Landuse Pattern in Project Influence Area ...... 42 Figure 30: Average Amboent Air Quality in the Project Area (Dry Season) ...... 46 Figure 31: Average Noise Level (Leq) in the Project Area in Janaury 2015 ...... 47 Figure 32: Average Noise Level (Leq) in the Project Area in February 2015 ...... 48 Figure 33: Coverage of Ecological Study ...... 55 Figure 34: Forest Cover Distribution of Bihar ...... 56 Figure 35: Forest Cover Map of Bihar and Project Area ...... 57 Figure 36: Protected Area Map of Bihar and Project Area (Source: Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun) ...... 63 Figure 37: Distribution Map of Gangatic Dolphin (Source: IUCN Red List) ...... 68 Figure 38: Historical distribution range of the Ganga River Dolphin (Anderson, 1879) ...... 69 Figure 39: Movement Path of Dolphins in Ganga near Project Area ...... 70 Figure 40: Location of Vikramshila Gangetic Dolphins Sanctuary with respect to project site ....72 Figure 41: Distribution Map of Leptoptilos Dubius (Source: IUCN Red List) ...... 73 Figure 42: Project Alignment Options ...... 106 Figure 43: General Arrangement Drawing of Preferred Option 3 ...... 110 Figure 44: Cross Section Detail of Preferred Option 3 ...... 111 Figure 45: Photographs of Consultations with Stakeholders from Feb. 4-7, 2015 ...... 113 Figure 46: Grievance Redress Mechanism Structure and Process for Bihar New Ganga Bridge Project ...... 123 Figure 47: Institutional Arrangement to Implement the Environmental Management Plan ...... 125 Figure 48: Organization of the PIU and Environment and Social Cell of BSRDCL ...... 126
1
I. INTRODUCTION
A. Background
1. The Ganges River bisects Bihar into northern and southern regions, flowing through the middle from west to east. Patna the capital city of Bihar is located on the southern bank of the river Ganga and also straddles the rivers Sone, Gandak and Punpun. At an elevation of 53m above mean sea level (msl) the city is approximately 35 km long and 16-18 km wide and houses most of the important institutions i.e. administrative, health, and higher learning education. In the northern bank lies Vaishali district with population of about 3.5 million, one of the most backward districts in the entire country.
2. The state of Bihar has the huge potential of industrial growth, which needs better connectivity of villages, towns with adjoining areas. The economy of Bihar state is mainly based on agricultural and trading activities. The industrial and agricultural developments have led to higher transport demand. With the higher transport demand and the expansion of the existing business, there is a growing mismatch between the vehicular population and availability of road infrastructure, which has resulted in traffic congestions, deteriorated level of traffic efficiency and road safety in existing bridges such as Mahatma Gandhi Setu. As a result of the aforesaid growth and need to fulfill the mismatch various new infrastructure development projects has been planned across the state. The Government of Bihar acting through Bihar State Road Development Corporation Limited (BSRDCL) has taken the needful action. BSRDCL has ideated the urgent need of a road bridge over Ganges connecting Patna and Vaishali district.
3. Subsequenly BSRDCL had planned a conceptual scheme for linking NH-30 (Kacchi Dargah) to NH-103 (Bidupur in Vaishali district) through a six lane iconic or similar type road suspension cable bridge over river Ganges. BSRSCL had engaged a technical advisor for preparation of feasibility study and preliminary project report of road bridge over river Ganges.
4. Based on the feasibility study it is porposed to construct a new six-lane suspension type bridge across Ganges River from Deedargunj on NH-30 to Chak Sikandar in Vaishali district on NH-103, consisting of six lane bridge structures of 9.760 kilometers, approach viaduct and roads of 1.5 kilometers from south and 8.5 kilometers from north, tolling and service facilities, and widening 3 kilometers of NH-103. The proposed location of the bridge is about 10 km downstream of existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu in Patna. Figure 1 show the location of the proposed bridge over river Ganges.
2
Figure 1: Map of the Project Site
B. Project Rationale
5. The existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu bridge over Ganges River which connects Patna to Vaishali district and Northern Bihar was constructed and opened in 1982 with 4 traffic lanes and sidewalks. However, this bridge is in deteriorating condition due to rapidly increasing traffic volume and vehicle weights. At present, it is restricted to 2-lanes, leading to severe traffic congestion, and is closed for heavy commercial vehicles. The travel time over the 5.6 kilometer 3
bridge can often exceed 1 hour or more, and the alternate crossing is about 120 kilometers away. Hence, the urgent need for another bridge for transporting passengers and goods between Patna and northern Bihar.
6. Besides the project will also provide connectivity to Raghopur Island. Raghopur is surrounded by ganges river from all sides connected Island. Every year this area gets submerged by water due to flood by the ganges. The Island is currently connected with a small link road through pantoon bridge that connects island with Patna city.
7. Along the proposed six-lane bridge over river ganges will also provide connectivity to the wide regional road network which BSRDCL is currenlty developing. Figure 2 show the overall regional connectivity drawn on google-earth image.
Figure 2: Connectivity of Proposed Bridge to the Regional Road Network
8. A road map and policy framework to develop and sustain a good road network in the state is provided in the Bihar Road Sector Development-New Dimensions, which calls for the state to address network capacity and quality deficiencies, strengthen its road agencies, adopt best practices to improve project implementation capacity, introduce long-term performance- based maintenance contracts, and encourage private sector to participate in road financing. Also, a strategic master plan for 20 years is being prepared under the ongoing CDTA 8170 (Road Master Plan for Bihar’s State Highway Development) to include long term vision and goals, action program, and financing plan. The strategic context is clear as India’s Twelfth Five Year Plan seeks faster, more inclusive and sustainable growth. The government’s objectives in the transport sector include improving connectivity and developing state core network. This is supported by the ADB’s country partnership strategy with emphasis on infrastructure development for increased movement of people and goods. The proposed project is consistent 4
with plans for improving traffic movement across Bihar, and is integral to the overall road sector improvements that ADB is already financing.
9. The proposed financing modality for the project is a Multitranche Financing Facility (MFF). The project is estimated to cost $832 million, of which ADB will finance $500 million from its Ordinary Capital Resources (ORC). Each tranche under the MFF will finance a slice of a long term contract package to construct the bridge, and the last tranche will also cover the performance-based maintenance. The overall impact of the project will be improved transport network in Bihar. The immediate outcome will be improved connectivity between Patna and Northern Bihar. The specific project outputs will be: (i) a new bridge across Ganges River from Deedargunj on NH-30 to Chak Sikandar in Vaishali district on NH-103, consisting of six lane bridge structures of 9.760 kilometers, approach viaduct and roads of 1.5 kilometers from south and 8.5 kilometers from north, tolling and service facilities, and widening 3 kilometers of NH- 103, and (ii) enhanced capacity of bridge operation and management. The project construction period will span 4 years approximately from 2016 to 2019. This will be followed by a performance based maintenance period of 5 years.
C. Environment Category and Scope of the EIA Study
10. Details on the project category under ADB SPS and GOI environmental policies are provided in Table 1.
Table 1: Project Categorization Project Category according to ADB SPS 1. Category A 2. Reason for proposed i) There are risks for large scale - short term impacts and category long term irreversible impacts due to the large scale of the project requiring significant quantities of civil works; and ii) There is risk of short term and long term impacts on the Ganges river dolphin (Platanista gangetica) a globally endangered species under Integrated Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) which is found in the Ganges river including the section over which the bridge will be built. Rapid Enviornmental Assessment (REA) Checklist is attached as Annex 1.1. 3. Type if assessment iii) Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment required Project Category/Environmental Assessment requirements under national /local policies 4. Name/names of applicable The Environmental (Protection) Act 1986 national acts, regulations The Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 EIA Notification, 2006 5. Environmental category B. Paperwork to confirm categorization as B1 or B2 is under process. 6. Reason for category or Construction of the bridge and approach roads (considered environmental assessment as bypasses) connecting to NH on either side is considered or N/A as “Building and Construction” greater than 20,000 square meters under the EIA Notification, 2006. Hence it is 5
categorized as B. 7. Type of assessment EIA report in accordance with TOR approved by the State required Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA).
11. The objective of this EIA study is to identify potential environmental impacts of the proposed bridge and approach road development, and to formulate strategies to avoid and minimize adverse impacts. The scope of work to accomplish the above objective, comprise the following: understanding the baseline environmental conditions of the project area, identifying the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project, recommending appropriate mitigation measures to avoid/minimise the environmental impacts, recommending environmental enhancement measures to help improve the local environment, and preparing an environmental management plan for achieving the above two recommeded measures.
12. The area covered in this EIA study includes the location of the bridge (running over the river and the Raghopur diara) and approach roads. A 2 km buffer area is considered as the core area of impact or area of direct impact and the surrounding area of upto 10 km surrounding the bridge and approach roads including upstream and downstream of the bridge location considered as the buffer area or area of indirect impact as shown in Figure 3.
6
Figure 3: EIA Study Area 7
D. Methodology Adopted for the EIA Study
13. The Environmental Impact Assessment has been carried out, in accordance with the requirements of the ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS 2009). The study methodology has been adopted in such a manner to ensure that environmental concerns are given adequate weightage in the selection of alignment and design of the bridge and approach roads.
14. The Environmental assessment is based on information acquired through primary data collection, secondary sources, consultations and modelling exercises. An overview of the key methods adopted for data collection and analysis is provided below.
1. Primary data collection 15. Ecological surveys were carried out in and around the project area to collect information on the flora and fauna with special emphasis on the habitat of the Gangetic Dolphin, a globally endangered species known to exist in the Ganga river. Primary data on the baseline conditions of air quality, quality of surface and ground water, noise levels, soil conditions were also carried out. As of now the primary data collection has been carried out only for the dry season over December 2014 – January 2015. Data collection of the wet season is planned to be carried out in July – August 2015. Further details on the methodology used for primary data collection is provided in Chapter 3.
2. Secondary data collection 16. A host of literature exists on the Gangetic Dolphin and ongoing Dolphin conservation projects. These documents were reviewed to understand the ecological habitat range of the dolphin, its seasonal activities of breeding and feeding, migration routes etc. In addition literature on the Gangetic river basin, the hydrological and ecological systems were also reviewed. While many documents were reviewed as shown in the section on References (Annex xx) key documents from which most information was sought from are: The Conservation Action Plan for The Gangatic Dolphin (2010-2020) by National Ganga River Basin Authority, MoEFCC, Governemnt of India; The Gangatic Dolphin and Action Plan for its Conservation in Bihar (2013) prepared by Dr. R.K. Sinha for Department of Environemnt & Forest, Governemnt of Bihar; Protection of Endangered Ganges River Dolphin in Brahmaputra River, Assam, India (2009) prepared by Dr. Abdul Wakid, Programme Leader, Gangatic Dolphin Research and Conservation Programme for IUCN. Smith, B.D. & Braulik, G.T. 2012. Platanista gangetica1. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015.2.
17. Data on the hydrology of the Ganga river and past flood levels were sourced from the Central Water Commission (CWC) of Patna. Data on monthly temperature and wind speed were sourced from the Indian Meteorology Department (IMD) of Patna. This was used for studying the climatic conditions and projection of future climate in the project area.
1 Source: http://www.iucnredlist.org/details/full/41758/0 8
3. Consultations 18. Consultations were carried out with local communities to get information on the baseline environmental conditions in the project area, seek the local people’s views on the project and find opportunities to modify the location and design of the project to meet their needs. Consultations were also carried out with key government agencies such as the local Department of Environment and Forest, State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority, Bihar State Pollution Control Board, Zoology Department of Patna University, State Biodiversity Board and Zoological Survey of India. Local, regional and international NGO’s consulted on their views and ecommendations on the project are WWF-India, Centre for Environment Education (CEE), Dopphin Foundation, Guwahati, Aaranyak, Guwahati, and Mandar Nature Club of Bhagalpur. Further details on the people and agencies consulted are provided in Chapter 8 of this report on Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation.
4. Modelling 19. The CALINE model was used to predict future air quality and noise levels and the Transport Emissions Evaluation Model for Projects (TEEMP) to project future greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions with the future projected traffic.
5. Analysis of information 20. The information collected through the methods described above was analysed to help identify key project impacts and provide recommendations for avoiding, minimizing, mitigating impacts and providing compensatory measures. Recommendations have also been made to enhance the local environmental conditions with the intention of having no net loss of biodiversity due to the project and maintaining the environmental conditions within baseline conditions or improving the environmental conditions in comparison to baseline conditions.
E. Structure of the Report
21. This EIA report has been presented as per requirements of the ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009. The report is organised into following eleven Chapters, a brief of each chapter is described below. An executive summary is also provided at the beginning of the report. Chapter 1 - Introduction: This section describes the background information about the project and EIA study. Chapter 2 - Policy, Legal, and Administrative Frameworks: This section summarizing the national and local legal and institutional frameworks that guided the conduct of the assessment. Chapter 3 - Project Description: This section presents the key features and components of the proposed project. Chapter 4 - Description of the Environment: This section discussing the relevant physical, biological, and socioeconomic features that may be affected by the proposed project. Chapter 5 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures: This section presents the environmental assessment of likely positive and adverse impacts attributed to the proposed project and concomitant mitigation measures. 9
Chapter 6 - Climate Change Risk Assessment: This section provides an analysis of climate change impacts and risks due to the implementation of proposed project. Chapter 7 - Analysis of Alternatives: This section covers analysis of various alternatives considered to minimise the overall impacts of proposed development and suggest most appropriate alternatives based of detailed analysis of impact and risk associated with each alternative. Chapter 8 - Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation: This section describes the consultation process undertaken during the environmental examination and its results, their consideration in the project design, and manner of compliance to the ADB’s Publication Policy and related national laws. Chapter 9 - Grievance Redress Mechanism: This section describing the formal and informal redress procedures for registering, resolving, and reporting complaints. Chapter 10 - Environmental Management Plan: This section discussing the lessons from the impact assessment and translated into action plans to avoid, reduce, mitigate or compensate adverse impacts and reinforces beneficial impacts. This plan is divided into three sub-sections; mitigation, monitoring, and implementation arrangements. Chapter 11 - Conclusion and Recommendation: This section stating whether there is a need for any further detailed specific studies/assessments and highlights key findings and recommendations to be implemented by the borrower.
10
II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORKS
22. India has well defined institutional and legislative framework. The legislation covers all components of environment including air, water, soil, terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna, natural resources, and sensitive habitats. India is also a signatory to various international conventions and protocols. The environmental legislations in India are framed to protect the valued environmental components and comply with its commitment to international community under relevant conventions and protocols. Asian Development Bank has also defined its Environmental and Social Safeguard policies under the Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. This section summaries the following: National (India) Environmental Legislation and Legal Administrative Framework, Social Safeguard Regulatory Requirements, ADB safeguard policies and categorisation of the project, Summary of international treaties and applicability to the project
A. National (India) Environmental Policy Framework
23. The legal framework of the country consists of several acts, notifications, rules and regulations to protect environment and wildlife. In 1976, the 42nd Constitutional Amendment created Article 48A and 51A, placing an obligation on every citizen of the country to attempt to conserve the environment. The national legislations are broadly divided under following categories: Environmental Protection, Forests Conservation, and Wild Life Protection.
24. The umbrella legislation under each of above category is highlighted below: The Environment (Protection) Act 1986 was enacted with the objective of providing for the protection and improvement of the environment. It empowers the Central Government to establish authorities charged with the mandate of preventing environmental pollution in all its forms and to tackle specific environmental problems that are peculiar to different parts of the country. Various rules are framed under this Act for grant of environmental clearance for any developmental project, resources conservation and waste management. The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 was enacted to help conserve the country's forests. It strictly restricts and regulates the de-reservation of forests or use of forest land for non-forest purposes without the prior approval of Central Government. To this end the Act lays down the pre-requisites for the diversion of forest land for non-forest purposes. The WildLife (Protection) Act 1972 amended 2003 was enacted with the objective of effectively protecting the wildlife of the country and to control poaching, smuggling and illegal trade of wildlife and its derivatives. It defines rules for the protection of wild ife and ecologically important protected areas.
25. State Pollution Control Boards (SPCBs) together form the regulatory and administrative core of the part. Other Ministries / Statutory Bodies / Departments responsible for ensuring 11
environmental compliance and granting various clearances includes state ministry/department of environment, regional offices of MoEF and state forests/wildlife departments. Their key roles and responsibilities and interface among them have been concisely depicted through the flow diagram. The administrative framework defines the roles and responsibility of various ministries and government departments at Central Level and State Level. The administrative framework for environmental protection, forests conservation and wildlife protection is given at Figure 2.1.
26. The environmental impact assessment requirement in India is based on the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 (amended 2009), all its related circulars; MOEF’s Environmental Impact Assessment Guidance Manual for Highways 2010, and IRC Guidelines for Environmental Impacts Assessment (IRC:104-1988) of highway projects. In addition to road and transport infrastructure develoment including establishment of temporary workshops, construction camps, hotmix plants, and opening of quarries for road/bridge construction work require to comply with provisions of The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (Amended 1988) and Rules 1981 (Amended 2003): The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 (Amended 1993); The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1972 (Amended 1988) and Rules 1974; The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 (Amended 1987) and Rules 1982; The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 (Amended 2002) and Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules 2008 (Amended 2009).
27. A review is undertaken for all the environmental rules and regulation which might be applicable to the proposed bridge project. These legislations with applicability to this bridge develoment project are summarised below in Table 2.1 and approval and monitoring framework is depicted in Figure 2.2. There is no separate state level legislation. However various acts like Water and Air are enforced through state level authority which is the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB).
28. Specifically for the proposed Ganga bridge project, the following (Table 2.1) environmental laws and regulations are applicable.
Table 2: Applicable Environmental National and State Requirements Sl. Activity Statute Requirement Competent Responsible Time No. Authority Agency for Required Obtaining Clearance Planning Stage: Before start of Civil Works Construction (Responsibility: Executing Agency) 1. Implementing Environment Environmental State Level BSRDCL 6 Project Protection Act of Clearence EIA months 1986, EIA Authority of Notification West Begal 2006 and amendments 2. Implementing Environment Tree cutting Conservator BSRDCL 6 Project in Protection Act of permit of Forest, months Forest Area 1986, Forest Government Conservation of Bihar Act
12
Sl. Activity Statute Requirement Competent Responsible Time No. Authority Agency for Required Obtaining Clearance Construction Stage (Responsibility: Contractor) 3. Establishing Water Act of Consent-for- State The 2-3 stone 1974, Air Act of establishment Pollution Contractor months crusher, hot 1981, Noise Control mix plant, wet Rules of 2000 Board, West mix plant and and Bengal Diesel Environment Generator Protection Act of Sets 1986 and as amended 4. Operating Water Act of Consent-for- State The 2-3 stone 1974, Air Act of operation Pollution Contractor months crusher, hot 1981, Noise Control mix plant, wet Rules of 2000 Board, West mix plant and and Bengal Diesel Environment Generator Protection Act of Sets 1986 and as amended 5. Use and India Explosive Explosive Chief The 2-3 storage of Act 1984 licence for use Controller of Contractor months explosive for and storage Explosives quarry blasting work 6. Storage of Manufacture Permission for State The 2-3 fuel oil, storage and storage of Pollution Contractor months lubricants, Import of hazardous Control diesel etc. at Hazardous chemical Board or construction Chemical Rules Local camp 1989 Authority (DM/DC) 7. Quarry State Minor Quarry Lease State The 2-3 operation Mineral Deed and Department Contractor months Concession Quarry of Mines Rules, The License and Mines Act of Geology 1952, Indian Explosive Act of 1984, Air Act of 1981 and Water Act of 1974 8. Extraction of Ground Water Permission for State The 2-3 ground water Rules of 2002 extraction of Ground Contractor months ground water Water for use in road Board construction 13
Sl. Activity Statute Requirement Competent Responsible Time No. Authority Agency for Required Obtaining Clearance activities 9. Use of - Permission for Irrigation The 2-3 surface water use of water Department Contractor months for for construction construction purpose 10. Engagement Labour Act Labour license Labour The 2-3 of labour Commissioner Contractor months
29. In addition to the acts and regulations listed above the Environmental Impact Assessment Guidance Manual for Highways 2010 issued by MOEFCC and the IRC Guidelines for Environmental Impacts Assessment (IRC:104-1988) of highway projects issued by MORTH, were referred in the process of preparing this EIA. The following requirements are particularly important and need special attention in order to avoid any delays for a project: i) Although bridges are exclusively not included in the list of projects requiring an EIA as per EIA Notification 2006). However with recent judgement passed by National Green Tribunal (NGT), bridges with built up area ≥ 20000 sq.m. would be considered as building projects and would fell under Schedule 8(b) of Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 2006, relating to buildings, construction and development projects which are mandated to get prior environmental clearance. Since the built up area of proposed 6-lane bridge is ≥ 20000 sq.m. enviornmental clearance would be required from SEIAA.
ii) Placement of hot-mix plants, quarrying and crushers, batch mixing Cutting of trees from non-forest land require a tree cutting permit from the local forestry department. All trees cut under a project must be compensated by compensatory afforestation as required by the State Forest Department.
iii) Plants, discharge of sewage from construction camps requires No Objection Certificate (Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate) from State Pollution Control Board prior to establishment.
30. Before the start of civil works for the any part of the project, BSRDCL (as project proponent) must obtain necessary permits/clearences from the respective statutory authorities. Procedures and steps to be followed to obtain various permits/ clearences under the project are presented in Table 2.1.
B. Social Regulatory Requirements of India and State
31. There are many rules and regulations framed by the Government of India for the protection of workers. Most of these legislations will be applicable to contractors in charge of construction. BSRDCL will ensure compliance to these social legislations through contractual obligation and regular checks & penalties. These legislations include The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996; Child Labour (prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986; Minimum Wages Act, 1948; Workmen Compensation Act, 1923; Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972; Employee State Insurance Act; 14
Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act, 1952; Maternity Benefit Act, 1951; Payment of Wages Act, 1936; Equal Remuneration Act, 1979; Inter-State Migrant Workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act, 1979; Equal Remuneration Act, 1979 etc.
C. International Treaties and Relevance to the Project
32. Government of India has signed many international treaties. GOI has also framed various laws, regulations and guidelines to meet country’s obligations under these treaties. The projects of this magnitude may contribute in meeting country’s obligation directly or indirectly. A screening was carried out of these treaties regarding its applicability to this project. Outcome of these treaties. The relevant International Treaties are:
Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (Rectified by India in 1997): The Kyoto Protocol is an international agreement linked to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. The major feature of the Kyoto Protocol is that it sets binding targets for 37 industrialized countries and the European community for reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. This amount to an average of five per cent against 1990 levels over the five-year period 2008-2012.
Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (Rectified by India in 1972): The most significant feature of the 1972 World Heritage Convention is that it links together in a single document the concepts of nature conservation and the preservation of cultural properties. The Convention recognizes the way in which people interact with nature, and the fundamental need to preserve the balance between the two.
Convention on Biological Diversity (Rectified by India in 1994): It is an international treaty which considered as a key document for “sustainable development”. This entered into force in 1993 to develop national strategies for the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity. It has 3 major goals i.e. (1) conservation of biodiversity (2) sustainable use of its components; and (3) fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from genetic resources. As an impact of this convention, the year “2010” was considered as “International Year of Biodiversity”.
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) (Rectified by India in 1976) - It is a multilateral treaty to protect endangered plants and animals which is also known as “Washington Convention”. It was opened for signature in 1973, and entered into force in 1975, in order to ensure that international trade in specimens of wild animals and plants does not threaten the survival of the species in the wild. This treaty protects about 5,000 species of animals and 29,000 species of plants by listing them in 3 specific “appendices” namely “Appendix I”, “Appendix II” and “Appendix III”.
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) (India is signatory since 1983): This treaty is also known as “Bonn convention”. It aims to conserve terrestrial, marine and avian migratory species throughout their range. This having 119 parties and the depository is the government of the Federal Republic of Germany. This treaty facilitates the cooperation of different countries to protect the migratory species. There are 176 15
threatened migratory species are conserved under this treaty.
Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance (Ratified by India in 1982): It is an international treaty for the conservation and sustainable utilization of wetlands by recognizing the fundamental ecological functions of wetlands and their economic, cultural, scientific, and recreational value. It was signed in 1971 and came into force in 1975. Currently, The Ramsar List of Wetlands of International Importance (Ramsar Sites) includes 2,122 sites having an area of 507,470,800 acres.
D. ADB Safeguard Policy Statement Requirements
33. The Asian Development Bank has defined its Safeguard requirements under its ‘Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS 2009). The prime objectives of safeguard policy are to: (i) avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible; and (ii) minimize, mitigate, and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible. This policy requires assessment, mitigation and commitment towards environmental protection. The extent of assessment depends on the category of the project. ADB’s SPS 2009 classify a project depending on following three categories. Category A: A proposed project is classified as category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area larger than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. An environmental impact assessment is required. Category B: A proposed project is classified as category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts are less adverse than those of category A projects. These impacts are site-specific, none or very few of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category A projects. An initial environmental examination is required. Category C: A proposed project is classified as category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. No environmental assessment is required although environmental implications need to be reviewed.
16
Figure 4: Environmental Legal Administrative Framework in India
MOEF (Nodal agency at central lelvel for developing legislation and granting environmental clearance for the projects categorized as Category "A" as per EIA Notification)
STATE MINISTRY /DEPT. OF ENVIRONMENT Regional Office State Dept. of (State level CPCB (Monitoring body to Forest/Wildlife implementation (Technical advisory reveiw the (Monitoring body to agency for bofy of MOEF and compliance of the reveiw the environmental Watch Dog for SPCB project approved by compliance of the legislations and activities ) MOEF/SEIAA) project approved by formulation of MOEF/SEIAA) legislation at State Level )
SPCB SEIAA (State level (Enforcing body for environmental Protected Area agency for Office/Divisional granting rules and Consents/ Forest Office Environmental regulations of Approvals Clearance for centrl and state category 'B' level & also Projects) advisory body for Compliance State Ministry) Reporting
Compliance Consents Reporting
Compliance Reporting
Approvals Project Proponent
17
Figure 5: Environmental Clearance Process in India
Key Steps in EC Process:
1) Submission of application along with Form-I, Pre-feasibility report and other necessary documents to Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) or State Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC) 2) Presentation of Terms of Reference (TOR) to MoEF or SEAC 3) Obtaining TOR from MoEF or SEAC 4) Preparation & submission of Draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)/ Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 5) Conducting Public Hearing 6) Preparation of revised EIA/EMP (as per comment of Public Hearing) 7) Preparation & submission of Final EIA to MoEF or SEAC along with Stage 1 forest clearance. 8) Final presentation to MoEF or SEAC. 9) Obtaining Environmental Clearance.
18
Table 3: Key Steps in Tree Cutting Permission Process: Step No. Activity No. of Days Preparation of case / application letter to the Revenue and Forest Department 1 7 for felling of trees falling within the Right of Way Area to be cleared of trees is verified on the ground with the help of Revenue 2 Department 30 Joint visit by Executive Engineer, DFO and Revenue Department staff for the 3 verification of the land and trees falling within the ROW Enumeration of trees by Forest Department after the visit of Forest Guard and 4 Range Officer (both from Forest Department). The details cover number of trees 7 to be cut along with chainage, species and girth information. List of trees to be cut is forwarded by the Range Officer to the concerned DFO 5 15 for approval The combined case paper is prepared by enclosing the documents received 6 from Revenue and Forest Department (as prepared in the steps mentioned 7 above). Case is submitted to the concerned DFO – the DFO Office examines the case 7 7 and if there are no observations, sends it to the Conservator of Forests (CF) The CF office will examine the case and if there are no observations, will 8 7 approve the felling proposal. The approval from CF office is conveyed to the concerned DFO, who further 9 2 conveys the final sanction (in writing) to Executive Engineer. DFO further directs the concerned Range Officer (Forest Department) to mark 10 1 (process is formally known as ‘hammering’) the trees for cutting. Range Officer hammers/ marks the trees in presence of Executive Engineer or 11 10 his field representative. The Range Officer sends the final list of trees to the concerned DFO for 12 1 information. DFO forwards the case to Forest Corporation to call ‘tender’ for cutting the 13 3 marked trees. 14 DM Forest Corporation calls for bids and fixes date/s to receive the tenders. 30 After opening of the tenders and their evaluation, tree cutting work is awarded to 15 15 the selected contractor. 16 Contractor mobilizes the required labor and machinery at site. 15 17 Contractor cuts the trees 30 Total Number of Days (numbers indicate ideal situations) 187
19
III. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. Type of Project
34. The proposed project is new greenfield project aimed at development of connectivty between Patna and Vaishali district through constrcution of a 6-lane road bridge across river Ganges. The proposed bridge will take off from Kacchi Dargah (from NH-30) at a distance of about 18 kilometers from Patna Railway station and it will terminate at Bidupur (at NH-103) in Vaishali to provide an alternative to the Mahatma Gandhi Setu and reduce the travel time, overcome traffic congestion, provide smooth connectivity. The rational for the proposed project is provided Section 2 of Chapter 1. Summary of project is provided in Table 4.
Table 4: Details of the Project Project Total Road Name of the Project Districts State Components Length (km) Construction of a new six-lane Main bridge suspension type bridge across Viaducts Patna Ganges River from Deedargunj Approach Roads 19.68 and Bihar on NH-30 to Chak Sikandar in Tolling and service Vaishali Vaishali district on NH-103 facilities.
B. Location and Features of the Proposed Project
35. The site chosen for the proposed 6-lane facility, situated east of the Patna city in the State of Bihar. It lies between NH-30 (near Kacchi Dargah in Patna District) and NH-103 (near Bidupur in Vaishali district). The proposed bridge travers between 20032’53.99” N, 85016’41.89” E (Kachhi Dargah) to 25041’17.82” N, 85022’49.65” E (Bidupur) at an elevation of approximate 53 meter above mean sea level. The new bridge will be located about 10 kilometers downstream (east) from the existing bridge (Mahatma Gandhi Setu) to help decongest Patna and to provide all weather connectivity for communities living in Raghopur Diara (river island) situated between two streams of the Ganges river. The Raghopur diara, has a very high potential for development as a futuristic satellite town of Patna. However, the diara is prone to seasonal flooding but remains inhabited and cultivated during most part of the year. There is only one seasonal road link (pontoon bridge) connecting it to Patna apart from boats.
36. The alignment of the proposed bridge spans over the entire width of the Ganges River including the river island, and connect with national highways on both sides of banks, improving connectivity and substantially reducing travel time between Patna and its surrounding areas. The approved alignment of the proposed project is shown in Figure 6a (on googleearth image) and Figure 7 (on Survey of India Topographic Map).
37. Surrounded by the Ganges on all sides, Raghopur consists mainly of alluvial soil. Every year this area gets submerged by water due to flood by the Ganges. This has been helpful to Raghopur in way that flood also brings new layer of soil that makes this area fertile. Nearest town to Raghopur is Patna and Hajipur. There is only one road link through a pontoon bridge that connects it to Patna city. Apart from that Boat is majorly used to reach here. 20
Figure 6: Location Map of the Project Site on Google earth Image
Figure 7: Location of the Project Site on SOI Topographic Map 21
C. Engineering Surveys and Investigations
38. Following surveys and investigations had been carried out (as part of feasibility study) for collection of data and evolve the design for main bridge, approach roads and associated project facilities: topographic surveys; traffic surveys; hydrological studies; geotechnical and geomorpholigical investigations; and existing utilities surveys.
39. These surveys had been carried out in accordance with the guidelines in IRC:SP:19 to fulfil requirement in the TOR. Findings of these surveys / investigations are incorporated in the feasibility report.
D. Projected Traffic for the Design
40. Projected traffic on the proposed bridge is presented in Table 5. It can be seen from the table that the projected average daily traffic (ADT) and passenger car unit (PCU) traffic is expected to increase from 22,392 and 38,975 in 2013 to 151,660 and 274,872 by 2037, respectively. About 30% of total traffic is 2 and 3 wheel vehicles and another 30% for trucks.
41. Seasonal traffic variation across the bridge range from 78% to 113% of the annual average with lowest in the month of September and highest in month of April. Daily pattern reveals traffic starts to increase as early as 3 AM and peaks between 7 to 8 AM, slightly dips between 10-1 PM. And then peaks again from 2-4 PM. Traffic then starts to ebb and reaches lowest level between 6 PM-10 PM.
Table 5. Projected Traffic for the Project
E. Components of the Project
42. The project consists of the following key components: 22
a) Main 6-Lane Bridge (9.5km long) over river Ganga and transition structures (Bridge End Viaducts) traverses between Kachhi Dargah (NH-30) to Bidupur (NH-103) in Vaishali district of Bihar. The project length will be about 20 km. b) Roadways- i) Main Bridge Approach Embankments and Viaducts with 6 lane divided carriageway, configuration as per IRC Standard. ii) Connecting road to Diara portion is a 4-lane divided carriageway configuration as per IRC standard. c) Bridge Connecting Approach Roads (about 1.5km at Kachhi Dargah – South Side and 9km at Bidupur – North Side) and associated structures, d) Two ROB, e) Eight underpasses and bridges, f) Two junctions; g) Two Toll Plazas; h) Associated serrice facilites.
43. Detail of each component along with conceptual plans is presented in subsequent sections. Ganaral arrangement drawing (GAD) of the proposed bridge and foundations is shown in Figure 8 and 9 respectively.
23
Figure 8: General Arrangement Drawing of Proposed Bridge
24
Figure 9: Cross Section Detail of Proposed bridge and Foundation
25
F. Proposed Alignment and Conceptual Plan of Project Components
44. The proposed alignment and conceptual plan of the project including approach road is shown in Figure 10.
Figure 10: Proposed Road Alignment of the Bihar New Ganga Bridge and Approach Roads
45. The entire alignment can be divided into eleven sections as discussed in following sections:
a. Section 1: take-off at the intersection of Patna-Bakhtiyarpur (diverted NH-30) roads (see Figure 3.5). This will require the modification and widening of the Patna-Bakhtiyarpur and allow traffic to join and exit the western carriageway of the project going towards Bidupur. The modifications include approach ramps and an underpass.
Figure 11: Section 1: Conceptual Plan of the Project Start Point Intersection of Patna- Bakhtiyarpur(diverted NH-30) 26
b. Section 2: Rail-over-Bridge, 6-lane facility across the Patna - Mokama Main line (see Figure 12) with a with a minimum span of 36m covering the railway's right of way and having vertical clearance 6.25m between Rail top level and bottom of ROB.
Figure 12. Section 2: Conceptual Plan of the Rail-Over-Bridge across Patna - Mokama Main line
c. Section 3: Old NH-30/Loknayak Ganga Path interchange- A 6-lane divided facility arrangement at the existing NH-30 and proposed Ganga Path and will continue to a viaduct towards Bidupur crossing over the old NH-30 through a 2- lane road-over-bridge span approximately (Figure 13).
Figure 13. Section 3: Conceptual Plan of the Old NH-30/Loknayak Ganga Path Interchange 27
d. Section 4: Bakhtiyarpur-Patna Toll Post – a 12-lane toll facility with 6 lane truck posts equipped with weight bridges has been proposed as shown in Figure 14.
Figure 14. Section 4: Conceptual Plan of the Bakhtiyarpur-Patna Toll Post e. Section 5: Ganga Main Bridge – The proposed 6-lane facility across Ganga (Main Bridge) starts from Chainage km 1/530 (tentative) at Kacchi Dargah near Sabalpur village and ends at Chainage km11/030 (tentative) on Bidupur end near Gopalpur ghat, with total length of almost 9,500m (Figure 15). The proposed bridge alignment crosses the south channel of Ganga and passes over Rustampur, Himmatpur diara, Jamalpur, Jafrabad dih, Saifabad, Karampur villages on Raghopur Diara and again crosses the north channel of river Ganga. Two small channels are spanned across on the diara at ch. Km 2/740 and Km 5/725. The alignment and bridging design were selected considering the vulnerability of the diara to flooding, erosion and scouring. The two independent main bridges over South bank and North bank with high level embankment in the diarra with openings for cross drainage, vehicular, pedestrian, cattle crossings and minor streams. Navigational requirement of about 125m complies with the IWAI (Class VII type river) minimum requirement of 100m for horizontal clearance between piers and vertical clearance of 10m above HFL. Three types of structural configurations will be evaluated by the EPC Contractor: i) Steel truss super structure of 2 nos. 3-lane divided carriageway over RCC pier and deep foundations, ii) Pre-stressed concrete super structure (balanced cantilever type) 2 nos. 3-lane divided carriageway over the RCC pier and deep foundations, iii) An Extra-dosed type (PSC super structure) of six lane carriageway over the RCC pier and deep foundations.
28
Figure 15. Section 5: Conceptual Plan of the Bihar New Ganga Main Bridge
f. Section 6: Connection with Raghopur Diara - Four lane ramps (viaduct) in each direction connecting the diara to the 6-lane facility have been proposed as shown in Figure 16.
Figure 16. Section 6: Conceptual Plan of the Raghopur Diara Access Ramps
g. Section 7: Beyond the North abutment – A 6-lane facility road structure will be partially on viaduct above 6m height and thereafter on earthen embankment/Retaining wall , with grade separation at crossing with Mehnar Road.
29
h. Section 8: Junction Arrangement at Mehnar Road - Mehnar road intersection will be raised to over pass the 6-lane facility. Existing Mehnar road will be connected through two loops and four slip roads with the 6-lane facility to provide free movement of traffic at the junction. Ramps will provided to for vehicles going to Hajipur, Mehnar, and NH-103. The conceptual plan of proposed arrangement is show in Figure 17.
Figure 17. Section 8: Conceptual Plan of the Junction Arrangement at Mehnar Road
i. Section 9: Arrangement between Mehnar Junction and Chak Sikander Railway Station- 6-lane facility shall be taken on embankment/retaining wall between Mehnar Junction and Chak Sikander Railway Station with provisions of openings for crossdrainage, vehicular, pedestrian, cattle crossings, minor streams and major bridge across Ghagra River.
j. Section 10: Arrangement of 6-lane facility across Hajipur to Samastipur Main line (ROB) - The 6-lane facility shall cross the Hajipur to Samastipur Main through a 6-lane Road Over Bridge (ROB) with a minimum span of 36m covering the Railway's right of way and having vertical clearance 6.25m between Rail top level and bottom of ROB. The conceptual plan of proposed arrangement is show in Figure 18.
30
Figure 18. Section 10: Conceptual Plan of the Arrangement of 6-lane facility across Hajipur to Samastipur Main line (ROB)
k. Section 11: Arrangement between Chak Sikander Railway Station, NH-103 & Gazipur Chowk (End Point) - The 6-lane facility will finally join NH-103 near Chak Sikander on embankment. From this point onwards to its junction with the proposed Tazpur-Vaishali road, the NH-103 will be widened to 6 lane width including at grade junction arrangement at Chak Sikander and Gazipur Chowk (end point). Figure 19 show the conceptual plan of proposed arrangement.
Figure 19. Section 11: Conceptual Plan of the Arrangement between Chak Sikander Railway Station, NH-103 & Gazipur Chowk (End Point)
31
l. Other Associated Facilities: Some more road widening and road diversion works will be needed to disperse the traffic. The road from junction of 6-lane facility on NH-103 to Paswan Chowk (on NH-19) will require to be widened to 4 lane width over a length of nearly16 km. A bypass to Paswan Chowk and Ramashish Chowk may be provided for dissipating traffic coming from 6- lane facility on NH-103. This will also facilitate free flow of traffic between Patna and Muzaffarpur avoiding congested Ramashish Chowk. These improvements will take place outside the project’s scope but will be considered as associated facilities.
G. Cost of the Project and Implementation Arrangement
46. The total cost of the project including main bridge, approaches (viaduct, embankments), ramps and connections to diara connection, along with ROBs near Banka Ghat and Chak Sikander Railway stations have been worked out under different heads as shown in Table 6. The total cost of the project works out to INR 4525.5 crores (USD 754.3 million). The total Project cost/financial outlay estimate is presented in the Table 6. This cost does not include: i) planning, detailed design, administration, PMC; ii) protection works/guide bunds; iii) geological and geo-technical investigations prior to construction; iv) environmental mitigation measures; v) land acquisition; vi) toll plaza and road furniture; and vii) taxes.
47. It is proposed that the project will be implemented under EPC contract modality.
Table 6. Preliminary BSRDCL Estimated Project Cost2
No. Particulars Crore INR Cost in US$ Million A Civil Construction Cost 30,71 511.8 B Pre-operative and preliminary costs 1,53.6 25.6 C Contingencies 92.1 15.4 D Base Cost 3,316.7 552.8 E Interest During Construction (IDC) 611.3 101.9 F Escalation Costs 365.3 60.9 Sub Total Project Cost 4,293.3 715.6
Administration, Detailed Engineering & G 232.2 38.7 PMC cost (7% of base cost) Total Project Cost 4,525. 5 754.3
2 Source: Preliminary cost estimate by BSRDCL based on the findings of the feasibility study report. 32
IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
48. In order to assess the impacts of the proposed improvement to the project road, field visits were made undertaken by the Consultants to understand environmental profile of the project influence area. This involved field inspections at all the sensitive locations, collection of secondary information for all the environmental components and discussions with the officials, NGO’s and local populace. The profile presented below comprises of the following:
Physical environmental components such as meteorology, geology, topography, soil characteristics, air quality, surface and sub-surface water quality; Biological environmental components such as aquatic, biotic and marine flora, fauna and mammals, and Land environment in terms of land use, soil composition.
A. Physical Environment
A. Climate and Meteorology
49. Seasons and temperature range. The project area has humid subtropical climate with extremely hot summers from March to mid-June, monsoons from mid-July to late September and chilly winter nights, foggy or sunny days from November to February. The highest recorded temperature is 46.6 degree celsius (°C) and the lowest is 2.3°C. The temperature during the summer season ranges between 18°C and 32°C and between 9°C and 29°C during the winter season. The average annual rainfall is 1130 mm. There is heavy rainfall in the months of July, August and September. During the other months of the year there is little or no rainfall. (Source: Indian Meteorology Department, Patna).
50. Meteorological data of the study area was collected for the winter months of December 2014 and January 2015. The minimum average temperature recorded during the study period was 17°C and 8°C in December 2014 and January 2015. The maximum temperatures recorded were 29°C and 18°C in December 2014 and January 2015 and December 2014 respectively. The overall average ambient temperature during the period was 18°C. Figure 20 show the average maximum and minimum teperature in Patna.
Figure 20: Average Temparature (0C) Graph for Patna based on 2000 to 2012 Data 33
51. Relative humidity. The minimum average relative humidity recorded during the study period was 84% and the maximum was 100%. The overall average relative humidity was 83% during the study period.
52. Rainfall. The recorded annual average rainfall in the Patna district during 2009 – 2013 was 922 ± 150mm. Most of the rainfall was observed in August-September and least in November-December. During the last five years, the highest rainfall recorded was 1162mm in 2011. The district level rainfall data of last five year of Patna district is presented in Figure 21. (Source: Indian Meteorology Department (IMD) Patna).
Figure 21: Five year Average Rainfall Data of Patna
53. Atmospheric Pressure. The daily averaged atmospheric pressure level during study period was 1016hPa ± 3hPa.
54. Wind Speed and Pattern. The daily averaged wind speed was 5 km/hr ± 3 km/hr. The winds were predominantly observed blowing from W followed by WNE and NW. The calm hours observed were 35%. The wind rose diagram of the project area is presented in Figure 22.
Figure 22 Wind rose Diagram of the Project Area. June, 2013 34
B. Topography and Geology
55. Topography. The project is located in the state of Bihar in Northern India near the city of Patna, which is the capital city of the state. The proposed bridge site lies between 20032’53.99” N, 85016’41.89” E (Kachhi Dargah) to 25041’17.82” N, 85022’49.65” E (Bidupur). The new bridge will be located about 10 kilometers downstream (east) from the existing bridge (Mahatma Gandhi Setu). The topography in the proposed project area in mainly plain. The project area forms a part of the Ganga river basin which covers an area of over 1 million sq. km forming one of the largest drainage basins in the world. The project area is made up of flat alluvial plains with an average elevation of approximately 53 m above m.s.l.
56. The topography of the region can be sub-divided into two prominent natural features comprising: i) a narrow strip of somewhat high land about 8 km in width along the Southern bank of the Ganges having very fertile soil & alluvial fertile plains in the remaining portions. Patna does not contain any hilly region. It has an entirely alluvial and flat region; and ii) Patna is located on the south bank of the Ganga River. The town is situated at an altitude of 48 -51 m above mean sea level. A characteristic of the geography of Patna is its confluence of five rivers in its vicinity. The Ganga River being the largest and the other being Ghaghara, Gandak, Punpun and Sone. Patna is unique in having.
57. The land in the project area is highly fertile. The district is devoid of any forest wealth of consequences. The alluvial text of land yields rice, sugarcane and other food grains.
58. The Ganga river which is about 2,525 km long originates from the Himalayan mountains (at an elevation of 7010m) and glaciers in the north Indian state of Uttarakhand. The river passes through 4 states in India and flows into Bangladesh. The river crosses over from West Bengal state of India into Bangladesh where it is then called the Padma river. In Bangladesh as the river flows in a south – easterly direction it is joined by the Jamuna river. Ultimately it becomes the Meghna river which flows into the Bay of Bengal.
59. Geology. The project area is underlain by unconsolidated formation, which is quarternary to upper quarternary of age group. (Figure 4.4, Source: State of Enviornment Report for Bihar, 2007). Lithologically, the project area is made up of recent alluvium, clay, silt, sand, and gravel pebbles with concentration of calcareous materials.
60. The project area is part of the Indo-Gangetic alluvium, one of the three main physiographic divisions of India, which separates Extra-Peninsular regions on the north from the peninsular region on the south. The level plain is known to be the outcome of a granular filling of a great depression with alluvial sediments since Middle Pleistocene times. This forming a part of the flood plains of the Ganga has a monotonously flat relief. The area under study is underlain by alluvial sediments of quaternary age. The quaternary sediments are deposited unconformable on the Achaean basement.
61. Quaternary Alluvial deposit consisting of alternate layers of sand, silt, clay and gravel forms prolific unconfined and confined aquifer system. The unconfined aquifer system consists of sand layers with parting of thin clay layers upto a depth of 60-70 m. The clay layers at shallow depth are not regionally extensive as such the entire sequence behaves as unconfined aquifer system. The transmissivity of the aquifer varies from 1000 to 5000 m2/day. The specific yield varies between 8-12%. The movement of ground water is in south-east direction towards the river Ganga. The aquifer is highly potential with an estimated yield of 50- 100 m3. 35
Figure 23: Geological Map of Bihar and Project Area
C. Physiography and Soil
62. Physiography: Physiographically, India is divided into seven major divisions: (1) Northern Mountains, (2) Great Plains (3) Central Highlands (4) Peninsular Plateaus, (5) East Coast, (6) West Coast and (7) Islands.
63. The Ganga basin falls entirely within the first three divisions (Figure 24). Northern Mountains comprises the Himalayan ranges including their foothills. The Gangetic plains, situated between the Himalayas and the Deccan plateau, constitute the most fertile plains of the sub-basin ideally suited for intensive cultivation. The Central highlands lying to the south of the Great plains consists of mountains, hills and plateaus intersected by valleys and river plains. They are largely covered by forests. Aravali uplands, Bundelkhand upland, Malwa plateau, Vindhyan ranges and Narmada valley lie in this region.
64. The project area for proposed 6-lane bridge near Patna falls under active alluvial plain i.e. landform created by deposition of sediment over a long period of time by river coming from highland regions.
36
Figure 24: Physiographic Map of Project Area
65. Soils: Predominant soil types found in the gangatic sub-basin are sandy, loamy, clay and their combinations such as sandy loam, loam, silty clay loam and loamy sand soils. Soils in the project area are mostly active alluvial plain i.e. landform created by deposition of sediment over a long period of time by river coming from highland regions. Among the soil types within Ganga basin, the alluvial soil covers more than 52 per cent of the basin. The Patna district has mainly four types of soils ranging from moderately well drained to poorly drained, acidic to slightly alkaline and medium to heavy textured.
66. The project areas within Patna river basin is characterized by calcareous alluvial (slightly alkaline). This shows that the alluvium deposit in this region is old alluvium deposit. In general the calcareous alluvium has higher potential of binding of molecules than the newer alluvium or acidic alluvium and hence the chance of erosion in calcareous alluvium is comparatively lesser than acidic alluvium. The deltaic fill material ranges in size from clays to medium sands, all of which are susceptible to erosion. The percentage of both phosphoric acid and potash are higher in this region. This soil is richer in lime content and kanker than Balsundari soil. This forms the typical paddy land of the project region.
67. Figure 25 present the soil profile of the region and project area in particular.
37
Figure 25: Soil Map of the State and Project Area3
68. Soil Quality: Four soil samples were collected from the project area and analyzed for its physical and chemical properties. Characterizations of soil samples was performed by adopting methods prescribed under relevant parts of IS: 2720, “Indian Standard Methods of Test for Soils”. The results of the analysis are presented in Table 7.
69. It can be seen from the table that soils in the project are in slightly alkaline in nature with pH value ranging from 7.0 to 8.1. Maximum Potessium content found was 300 mg/kg in Didargang area whereas maximum phosphorous content of 36.08 mg/kg was also recorded at Didargang area. Maximum calcium content of 2823 mg/kg was found in Kalyanpur area. The sand and clay contents of the soils in the region is ranging from 35.85 to 51.15 to 34.35 to 51.20 respectively.
3 Source: State of Environment Report (2007) for Bihar published by the Bihar State Pollution Control Board. 38
Table 7: Soil Quality in the Project Area
Sl. Kalyanpur Madhurpur Saifabad (Diara Area) Didarganj Parameter Unit No. 5/1/2015 14/2/2015 7/2/2015 12/1/2015 18/1/2015 19/2/2015 25/1/2015 21/2/2015 1. pH (1:5 suspension) - 7.29 7.55 7.25 7.98 6.97 7.1 7.96 8.1 2. Electrical Conductivity at µmhos/cm 150 115 155 109 150.0 155.00 128.0 125.0 25OC (1:5suspension.) 3. Bulk Density gm /cm3 1.28 1.35 1.26 1.32 1.19 1.05 1.16 1.23 4. Magnesium(as Mg) mg/kg 369.0 140.50 370 149.01 503.10 510 796.0 800 5. Sodium(as Na) mg/kg 246.14 125 250 127.0 168.86 170.65 192.0 198 6. Sand % by mass 50.48 42.50 51.15 41.27 39.49 40.09 36.78 35.85 7. Clay % by mass 34.25 48.32 35.20 49.41 47.81 49.20 50.35 51.20 8. Silt % by mass 15.27 9.18 13.65 10.32 12.7 10.71 12.87 12.95 9. Nitrogen mg/1000g 0.076 0.080 0.073 0.072 0.067 0.062 0.071 0.075 10. Potassium (as K) mg/1000g 123.0 168.0 125.0 170.0 232.00 250.00 286.0 300.0 11. Phosphorus mg/1000g 30.41 27.40 31.55 28.07 31.84 32.20 34.02 36.04 12. Organic Matter %by mass 0.57 0.72 0.60 0.70 0.82 0.79 0.72 0.69 13. Water Holding Capacity %by mass 31.68 30.2 30.25 28.70 32.85 35.23 35.10 33.26 14. Infiltration Rate mm/hr 20.8 23.0 22.1 19.0 15.0 16.1 19.0 18.25 15. Calcium mg/1000g 2725.0 2500 2823 2413.0 2589.0 2525 2024.0 2127 16. Sodium Absorption Meq/100gm 0.23 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.24 0.298 0.23 0.22 ratio(SAR) 17. Exchangeable Sodium - 3.24 4.21 3.29 4.28 5.04 5.12 3.58 3.64 Percentage 18. Porosity %by mass 28.57 26.30 30.25 28.70 32.00 30.25 32.02 33.10 19. Available Sulphur (as S) mg/1000g 217.0 225 220.13 228 196 201 185.00 190 20. Available Manganese as mg/1000g 3.30 4.36 3.42 4.34 5.02 5.10 2.46 2.52 (Mn) 21. Available Iron as (Fe) mg/1000g 5.00 7.1 5.1 6.96 5.67 6.2 4.86 4.95 Source: Field testing and analysis carried out as part of EIA study. 39
D. Seismicity
70. The seismic zonation map of India (Bureau of Indian Standards map) is shown in Figure 26. It can be seen from the map that the entire Bihar state falls in Zones III, IV and V. The project site of proposed 6-lane Ganga Bridge is situated in moderately stable zone which falls under seismic zone IV (as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002) category.
Figure 26: Seismic Zonation Map of India and Project Region
E. Hydrology and Drainage
71. The project area falls under the Ganga river basin. Figure 4.8 present the drainage pattern and river basin map of river ganges and the project area.
72. The major tributaries of Ganga in India include Yamuna, Ghaghara, Gandak and Kosi. Chambal is one of the major tributaries of Yamua, which merges with Ganga at Prayag (Allahabad). These tributaries and their watershed form the 16 major sub-basins of the Ganga basin. Hoogly diverts from Ganga before Ganga enters Bangladesh. 40
73. The proposed site for the 6-lane bridge over river ganges is situated about 10 km downstream of Patna city. The project area mostly falls under the river basin of Ganga and sub basins of Punpun, Gandhak and Burhi-Gandak-Bagmati river basins. As per the local observation, Ganga river near the project site is meandering to the left and during the summer season.
74. The major sub-basin of Ganga in project area, Gandak- Burhi Gandak contributes mean annual flow 58.967 BCM which is about 11.23 % of total tributaries.
Figure 27: Drainage Pattern and River Basin Map of Bihar and Project Region4
F. Land Use
4 Source: State of Environment Report (2007) for Bihar published by the Bihar State Pollution Control Board. 41
75. Land use pattern in the project area has been analysed based on the data pubished by various government agenice supplemented by data collected during field surveys and satellite imaginary data obtained from authentic source. Table 8 (Figure 28) show the land use pattern of the Bihar State as whole whereas Table 9 present the land use pattern in the project area.
76. It can be seen from the Table 8 that agricultural is the dominant land use in the State with over 80% of the area is cultivalble land followed by forest land which constitute about 7% of the total area.
Table 8: Land use classification of Bihar State5 S. Caegory of Landuse Area No. (Unit in Lakh Ha.) (Unit in %) Total Geographical Area 93.60 100 1 Forest 6.16 6.6 2 Barren and Non-Cultivable Land 4.37 4.7 3 Land put to Non-agricultural uses 16.38 17.5 4 Culturable wasteland 0.46 0.5 5 Permanent Pasture Grazing land 0.18 0.2 6 Miscellaneous crops & Grooved 2.31 2.5 7 Other fallow (2 to 5 tears) 1.39 1.5 8 Current fallow 5.67 6.1 9 Net area sown 56.68 60.6 10 Total cropped area 79.95 - 11 Area sown more than once 23.27 -
Figure 28: Landuse pattern in Bihar State
5 Source: State of Environment report 2007, Bihar State Pollution Control Board. 42
77. The land use pattern within the corridor of influence of the proposed project is mostly waterbodies (river ganges) followed by agricululrual land. Agricultural activities are being practices along the proposed alignment of approach roads on both side of the bridge. Table 9 and Figure 29 present the land use pattern within project’s corridor of influence obtained based on satellite imagery of 2012 of the project area. It can be seen that waterbodies accoupy about 61 % land area followed by agriculture and plantation which accounts to 31% and 5% respectively.
Table 9: classification within Project Influence Area based on Satellite Imagery6 Sl. No. Land use Class % of the Study Area 1. Agriculture 30.55 2. Settlements area 02.45 3. Horticulture & Plantation 05.10 4. Land not used for agriculture 01.14 5. Water bodies (river/drain/pond/tank/well) 60.76 Total 100
Agriculture
31% Se lements area
Hor culture & Planta on
61% Barran Land 5% 2% Water bodies 1%
Figure 29: Distribution of Landuse Pattern in Project Influence Area
G. Air Quality
78. Ambient air quality in the project area is quite pure compared to Patna main city where emission level is reported higher side. There are no major industrial activities in the project area however operation of brick kilns near proposed sites is leading to higher level of SPM. These brick kilns, vehicular pollution and dust arising from unpaved surfaces are main sources of pollution in the project area.
6 Source: Field surveys and setellite maps data for the project influece area of 10 km radius.
43
79. There is no secondary data available in the project area. Therefore in order to establish the baseline for ambient air quality in the project area, air quality sampling has been carried out for both winter/dry and wet seasons.
80. The baseline status of the ambient air-quality was assessed using a scientifically designed ambient air-quality monitoring network. The design of this network was based on the following:
meteorological conditions; the assumed regional influences on background air quality; the areas where impact would most likely be greatest; present land use along the proposed alignment; and traffic congestion points.
81. To establish the baseline ambient air quality, Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations were set up at four locations representing various sensitive locations as indicated in Table 10. Image 1: Air Quality Monitoring Station Setup at Project Area
Table 10: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations Sl. No. Location Code Name of the Location Source 1. A1 Kalyanpur Village Residential 2. A2 Jafarabadih Village Residential 3. A3 Majlishpur (School) Sensitive 4. A4 Didarganj Commercial
82. At each of the four locations monitoring was undertaken as per new notification issued by MoEF on 16th November 2009. Wet season monitoring has been conducted in the month of January 2015. Data for the following parameters was collected.
PM 10 PM 2.5 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Carbon monoxide (CO).
83. The sampling of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx was undertaken on a 24-hourly basis while 8- hourly samples were collected for CO. The PM, SO2, and NOx were monitored using M/s Envirotech Instruments Private Ltd; make Respirable Dust Sampler (APM 460) (Figure 4.12) along with gaseous attachment (Model APM 415 & 411). Whatman GF/A filter papers were used for PM. Carbon monoxide (CO) samples were monitored by using M/s Endee Engineers Pvt. Ltd. make gas detector model No. CO96 & GP - 200P respectively.
84. Methodology adopted for sampling and analysis and instrument used for analysis in laboratory are presented in Table 11. 44
Table 11: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Minimum Sl. Parameter Technique Instrument Used Detectable Limit No. (μg/m3) Respirable Dust Sampler 1. PM 10 and PM2.5 Electrical Balance 1.0 (Gravimetric method) Improved West & Gaeke 2. Sulphur Dioxide Colorimeter 5.0 Method Jacob & Hochheiser 3. Nitrogen Oxide modified (Na-Arsenite) Colorimeter 5.0 Method 4. Carbon Monoxide Gas Chromatograph 0.01
85. The samples were analysed at an laboratory accredited by MOEFCC. The results are compared with new NAAQS set by Government of India (MOEFCC) for respective zones as well as those of World Bank EHS Standards. A comparision of NAAQS of India and World Bank’s standards for ambient quality has also been made and presented as Annex 4.1.
86. A summary of results for each location is presented in Table 12 to Table 16.
Table 12: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to PM10 (24 hour average) Dry/winter7 season 3 PM10 Concentration, µg/m Avg. Location Name Code 05- 06- 12- 14- 19- 21- 27- 29- 24 Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan hour Kalyanpur Village A1 74 87 98 92 100 104 82 84 90 Jafarabadih Village A2 64 80 90 84 75 83 98 93 83 Majlishpur (School) A3 48 64 58 70 82 80 68 74 65 Didarganj A4 86 90 105 96 102 116 88 92 97
Table 13: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to PM2.5 (24 hour average) Dry/winter season 3 PM2.5 Concentration, µg/m Avg. Location Name Code 05- 06- 12- 14- 19- 21- 27- 29- 24 Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan hour Kalyanpur Village A1 40 45 61 54 58 62 48 50 52 Jafarabadih Village A2 36 50 54 45 44 51 55 49 48 Majlishpur (School) A3 30 36 35 42 42 49 41 45 40 Didarganj A4 52 63 66 57 64 63 49 53 58
7 Source: Dry/winter season ambient air quality monitoring carried out by EIA Team in the month of January 2015. 45
Table 14: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to SO2 (24 hour average) Dry/winter season 3 SO2 Concentration, µg/m Avg. Location Name Code 05- 06- 12- 14- 19- 21- 27- 29- 24 Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan hour Kalyanpur Village A1 13 15 10 12 14 12 08 11 12 Jafarabadih Village A2 11 14 09 10 12 09 10 12 11 Majlishpur (School) A3 08 10 09 11 08 10 09 10 9 Didarganj A4 12 14 16 09 13 15 10 12 13
Table 15: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to NO2 (24 hour average) Dry/winter season NO2 Concentration, µg/m3 Avg. Location Name Code 05- 06- 12- 14- 19- 21- 27- 29- 24 Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan hour Kalyanpur Village A1 20 22 16 15 19 15 18 20 18 Jafarabadih Village A2 16 21 17 19 22 18 15 13 18 Majlishpur (School) A3 14 18 15 18 20 18 12 15 16 Didarganj A4 18 24 19 20 23 21 16 22 20
Table 16: Ambient Air Quality Status with respect to CO (24 hour average) Dry/winter season CO Concentration, µg/m3 Cod Avg. Location Name 05- 06- 12- 14- 19- 21- 27- 29- e 24 Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan hour Kalyanpur Village A1 1210 1688 1255 1020 1121 1832 1507 1688 1415 Jafarabadih Village A2 910 847 855 784 917 1040 1211 1131 962 Majlishpur (School) A3 712 703 798 855 782 645 512 784 724 Didarganj A4 1400 1800 1429 1047 1288 1325 1802 1504 1149
87. The above tables show that the ambient air quality level of all the air pollutants are within the NAAQS but the PM10 and PM2.5 levels are above the WB EHS guideline values of 50 and 25 µg/m3 for PM10 and PM2.5 respectively. The source of the PM10 and PM2.5 is the brick kilns that are located in Didarganj and along the banks on southern side of the project side i.e. Kacchi Dargah end.
88. Figure 30 shows the graphically presentation of the average existing ambient air quality along the project road at four monitored locations.
46
250
200
150
100
50 Concentration(ug/m3) 0 PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 Parameter A1 A2 A3 A4 GOI Standard WB Standards
Figure 30: Average Amboent Air Quality in the Project Area (Dry Season)
H. Noise
89. Noise pollution is not a current problem in the region except in commercial location in urban areas where major settlements are, and high traffic flow. However, few commercial locations in Patna and Hajipur will experience increase in noise levels but still the ambient noise quality is expected to be within the permissible limits prescribed by CPCB.
90. During construction period, temporary increase in the noise levels are expected from the movement of construction machineries and construction activities. Suitable barriers and timely scheduling of construction activities will minimize these impacts.
91. No secondary information was available on noise level in the project area. In order to establish the baseline noise quality in the project area, a reconnaissance survey was therefore undertaken to identify noise generating sources and sensitive receptor such as school, hospitals, temples, built-up areas. Four locations listed in Table 17 were selected for monitoring the noise level.
Table 17: Details of Noise Level Monitoring Locations Sl. No. Location Code Name of the Location Source 1. N1 Kalyanpur Village Residential 2. N2 Jafarabadih Village Residential 3. N3 Majlishpur (School) Sensitive 4 N4 Didarganj Commercial
92. Methodology: At each of the four locations, Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were taken at an interval of 1 minute using a sound level meter of Lutron make Digital Sound Level Meter. At all these locations, daytime noise levels were monitored during the period 6 am to 9 pm and night-time noise levels during the period 9 pm to 10 pm. Noise readings, with setting at ‘A’ response - slow mode, were recorded. The readings were tabulated 47
and a frequency distribution table prepared from which 24 hourly, hourly, and Average Leq noise levels were calculated.
93. Presentation of Results: The results of the noise level monitoring were analysed and compared both with national (NAAQS of India) and World Bank EHS Guidelines. A comparison on noise level requirements between the WB EHS guidelines and the NAAQS under the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 of GOI as given in Annex 4.2. It can said that the required levels are equal for residential, institutional and educational areas. The NAAQS requirements for commercial areas are more stringent while the WB EHS requirement for daytime noise in industrial area is more stringent.
94. Table 18 present the noise levels monitorng carried out in the months of January 2015 and February 2015 for dry/winter season. Figure 31 and Figure 32 show the presentation of noise levels in the month of Janaury 2015 and February 2015 respectively.
Table 18: Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in Dry/winter Season8 06-01-2015 13-02-2015 No Location Leq - Day Leq - Night Leq - Day Leq - Night dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) 1 Kalyanpur Village (N1) 54.3 47.6 53.6 46.8 2 Jafarabadih Village (N2) 49.7 42.4 48.6 41.2 3 Majlishpur (School) (N3) 50.4 39.8 51.2 38.4 4 Didarganj (N4) 60.8 43.2 58.7 41.5 Source: Dry/winter season ambient air quality monitoring carried out by EIA Team in the month of January and February 2015.
70
60
50
40
30
20
10 Noise (Leq) Level dB(A) in 0 N1 N2 N3 N4 Location Leq Day Leq Night
Figure 31: Average Noise Level (Leq) in the Project Area in Janaury 2015
8 Source: Dry/winter season ambient air quality monitoring carried out by EIA Team in the month of January and February 2015. 48
70
60
50 (A) 40
30
20
10
Noise (Leq) Level dB in 0 N1 N2 N3 N4 Location Leq Day Leq Night
Figure 32: Average Noise Level (Leq) in the Project Area in February 2015
95. Location N1 and N2 fall under the zone of residential area, location N3 falls under educational institute area and location N4 falls under commercial zone. Given this the baseline noise levels for night time are slightly above the standard requirements for both WB EHS and NAAQS for location N1, Kalyanpur village with an recorded level of 47.6 dB(A) against the 45dB(A) limit for residential areas. The source of noise in Kalyanpur village is operation of the brick factories and local domestic/commercial activities.
I. Water Resources and Water Quality
96. According to the WB EHS guidelines on waste water and ambient water, waste water discharges should not result in contaminant concentrations to exceed the ambient water quality criteria. For cases where there is no local ambient water quality criteria it recommends reference to other criteria such as the US EPA National Recommended Water Quality Criteria and the World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines.
97. Surface Water Resources: The project area is lying on the Ganga river basin. The Ganga river is the main surface water body in the project area. The river is joined by other four other rivers: Ghaghara, Gandal, Punpun and Sone. The proposed bridge alignment crosses the south channel of Ganga and passes over Rustampur, Himmatpur diara, Jamalpur, Jafrabad dih, Saifabad, Karampur villages on Raghopur Diara and again crosses the north channel of river Ganga. Two small channels are spanned across on the diara at ch. Km 2/740 & Km 5/725. The proposed approach road on the northern side connecting to NH103 will cross one stream. Water from the Ganga river is used mainly for agricultural activities. The water level of the river varies between 45m and 50m (HFL) above msl between the dry winter season and monsoon season.
98. Ground Water Resources: The groundwater resources of the state is brodly divided into two hydrological units, i) fissured formations, and ii) porous formations. Ground water is widely used by the communities in the project area. It is the main source of water for household use including drinking and water is mainly drown through hand pumps. Therefore availability of ground water is very important for the local communities in the project area. The pre-monsoon water levels were found to be generally in the range of 3m – 9m bgl (below ground level) and post-monsoon water levels mostly in the range of 1m – 3m bgl in the project area of Patna and Vaishali districts. There are also few wells and small ponds in the project area. 49
99. Due to the presence of the Ganga river and abundant ground water resources overall there are no problems of water shortage for communities in the project area.
100. Water Quality: Based on the review of the historic data (2003-2004 to 2005-2006) obtained from the pollution control board, it is found that parameters like pH, DO and BOD are within the acceptable limits whereas, coliform countes exceeds prescribed limits even for bathing purposes. The Public Health Engineering Department, Government of Bihar has also reported that nine north easter districts viz; kishanganj, Purnea, Katihar, Madhepura, Araria, Saharsa, Supaul, Khagaria & Begusarai are affected by excessive Iron while some of the districts namely Gaya, Nawada, Jamui & Munger are affected by excessive flouride. The evelen districts bordering Ganga (including Patna and Vaishali) are affected by excess arsenic content in drinking water sources. Excess nitrate in few habitations has also been noticed.
101. In order to establish the baseline qater quality data, sampling of water quality was done at four locations, two for surface water and two for ground water. In total eight samples (four at each source) have been collected for surface water and four samples (two form each source) were colleted for ground water quality testing. Samples were collected in the months of January 2015 and February 2015. The results of the sample tests are presented in Table 19 and 20 for surface water and ground water quality respectively. It can bee seen from the results that that both the surface and ground water quality meets the standards of IS:10500 standards for drinking water and CPCB standards for ground water, except for the presence of faecal coliform and total coliform in the surface water samples. The source of the coliform is open defaecation by the local people along the river edge.
50
Table 19: Surface Water Quality in the Project Area
CPCB Sample No. 1 Sample No. 2 standard for Ganga River drinking Ganga River (Patna site near Sabalpur (Vaishali site near Madhurpur) water Sl. Parameter Unit 3/1/2015 25/1/2015 21/2/2015 29/1/2015 25/1/2015 21/2/2015 29/1/2015 22/2/2015 (desirable No. (SW) (SW) (SW) (SW) (SW) limit/ (SW) (SW) (SW) Down Down Down Up Up Down permissible Up stream Up stream stream limit) stream stream stream stream stream 1 Temperature C 18.0 17.8 17.4 17.2 17.4 17.6 17.4 17.9 6.5 – 8.5/no 2 pH value - 7.12 7.26 7.77 7.65 7.14 7.16 7.26 7.12 relaxation 3 Conductivity µS/cm 515.41 523.26 519.26 511.33 512.57 513.26 507.82 510.10 Total dissolve 500/2000 4 mg/l 335.02 340.12 337.52 332.37 333.17 333.62 330.09 331.57 solid(TDS) 5 Dissolve Oxygen mg/l 6.8 7.2 7.6 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.8 6 Turbidity NTU 5/10 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 Under Under Under Under Under Under Under 7 Salinity ppt Under Scale Scale Scale Scale Scale Scale Scale Scale 8 Alkalinity mg/l 171 175 164 168 168 164 160 162 Calcium as 75/200 9 mg/l 140 138 147 138 140 142 139 140 (CaCO3) Magnesium As 10 mg/l 70 65 74 65 63 66 62 59 (CaCO3) Total hardness as 600/600 11 mg/l 210 203 221 203 203 208 203 199 (CaCO3) 12 Chloride as (Cl) mg/l 250/1000 35 37 38 36 36 38 35 37 13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3/1.0 0.15 0.16 0.23 0.22 <0.52 <0.55 <0.54 <0.52 Manganese (as 0.1/0.3 14 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Mn) 0.05/no 15 Arsenic (as As) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL relaxation 16 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0/1.5 0.42 0.44 0.50 0.55 0.49 0.48 0.50 0.47 17 Total ammonia mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 51
CPCB Sample No. 1 Sample No. 2 standard for Ganga River drinking Ganga River (Patna site near Sabalpur (Vaishali site near Madhurpur) water Sl. Parameter Unit 3/1/2015 25/1/2015 21/2/2015 29/1/2015 25/1/2015 21/2/2015 29/1/2015 22/2/2015 (desirable No. (SW) (SW) (SW) (SW) (SW) limit/ (SW) (SW) (SW) Down Down Down Up Up Down permissible Up stream Up stream stream limit) stream stream stream stream stream 18 Nitrite (as NO2) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 19 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 45/100 2.81 2.82 2.92 2.86 2.86 2.90 3 3.01 20 Phosphate (as P) mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 21 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200/400 29.64 30.16 33.04 32.42 31.48 32.42 38.10 37.0 22 Sulphide (As H2S) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05/no 24 Lead (as Pb) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL relaxation 25 Total Chromium mg/l 0.05/1.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 26 Cadmium (As Cd) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 27 Zinc mg/l 0.28 0.26 0.37 0.32 0.25 0.24 0.40 0.35 28 BOD mg/l 2.00 2.2 3.5 3.0 3.81 3.75 3.89 3.54 29 COD mg/l 14.0 13.8 16.0 14.8 16.0 15.8 15.4 16.0 Total Organic 30 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Carbon (TOC) Total Oxygen 31 mg/l 580.0 590 610 590 612 610 545 548 Demand(TOD) 32 Faecal Coliform MPN/100ml 5667 5658 5644 5655 4580 4565 4460 4466 33 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 10ml 18778 18764 18656 18654 16890 16858 16670 16623 34 Sodium mg/l 10.3 10.7 10 9.5 10.3 9.8 10.0 9.4 35 Potassium mg/l 2.7 3 2 2.3 3.0 3.3 2.4 2.8 Source: Samples collected and anaysed as part of EIA study.
52
Table 20: Ground Water Quality in the Project area Sample No. 3 Sample No. 4 CPCB standard for Majlispur Saifabad (Diara Area) drinking water Parameter Unit Sl. No. (desirable limit/ 12/1/2015 19/1/2015 19/1/2015 20/2/2015 permissible limit) (GW) (GW) (GW) (GW) Dug well Hand pump Hand pump Bore well 1 Temperature C 17.8 17.0 17.4 18.1 2 pH value - 6.5 – 8.5/no relaxation 7.80 8.04 7.97 7.85 3 Conductivity µS/cm 555.86 562.16 553.02 565.09 Total dissolve 500/2000 4 mg/l 361.31 365.40 359.46 367.31 solid(TDS) 5 Dissolve Oxygen mg/l 3.2 3.0 3.0 3.1 6 Turbidity NTU 5/10 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 Under Under 7 Salinity ppt Under Scale Under Scale Scale Scale 8 Alkalinity mg/l 190 196 191 198 9 Calcium as (CaCO3) mg/l 75/200 182 188 186 189 Magnesium As 10 mg/l 36 28 38 40 (CaCO3) Total hardness as 600/600 11 mg/l 218 216 224 229 (CaCO3) 12 Chloride as (Cl) mg/l 250/1000 27.65 29 23.40 24 13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3/1.0 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 14 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1/0.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL 15 Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.05/no relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL 16 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0/1.5 0.36 0.32 0.37 0.34 17 Total ammonia mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 18 Nitrite (as NO2) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <1.0 <1.0 19 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 45/100 3.05 2.74 3.08 2.97 20 Phosphate (as P) mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 21 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200/400 31.84 29.42 31.48 29.41 53
Sample No. 3 Sample No. 4 CPCB standard for Majlispur Saifabad (Diara Area) drinking water Parameter Unit Sl. No. (desirable limit/ 12/1/2015 19/1/2015 19/1/2015 20/2/2015 permissible limit) (GW) (GW) (GW) (GW) Dug well Hand pump Hand pump Bore well 22 Sulphide (As H2S) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 24 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.05/no relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL 25 Total Chromium mg/l 0.05/1.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL 26 Cadmium (As Cd) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 27 Zinc mg/l 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.19 28 BOD mg/l <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 29 COD mg/l 14 12.0 10.0 13 Total Organic Carbon 30 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL (TOC) Total Oxygen 31 mg/l 492.0 521.0 610.0 561.0 Demand(TOD) 32 Faecal Coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent 33 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 10ml Absent Absent Absent Absent 34 Sodium mg/l 14.6 14 13.8 14.2 35 Potassium mg/l 3 3.3 3.4 3.5 Source: Samples collected and anaysed as part of EIA study 54
B. Ecological Environment
102. In order to assess the ecological and biological baseline of the project region as whole and within project’s corridor of influence, a detailed ecological assessment has been carried out as part of this EIA study. The assessment includes both flora and faunal aspects for terrestrial as well as acquatic ecology. The details are presented in subsequent sections.
1. Scope and Methodology for Ecological Study
103. The coverage of the ecological study for the project included a core zone comprising the immediate project area covering the bridge location, approach road locations, Raghopur diara below the bridge location and a buffer zone of a 10km radius surrounding the immediate project area. Figure 33 shows the area covered for the ecological study with delineation of areas where primary and secondary data was collected. The field surveys are carried out by a team of experts from forestry, wildlife, and fisheries fields.
104. Primary data collection was carried out in the immediate project area from January to March 2015 representing the dry season. Data collection methods involved: i) geo-spatial survey through use of GPS; ii) field survey through integrated questionnaire on valuing the benefits of biodiversity; iii) conduction of a total of transect walks for inventorying vegetation and wildlife; iv) conduction of a household survey through use of structured questionnaire for the ethno botanical study; v) focus group discussions (FGDs) with the local communities; and vi) key person interviews with knowledgeable people from the local communities, community leaders, PRI members. A total of 13 FGDs and over 43 one on one consultations with key experts were carried out for purposes of ecological data collection. Further details on the consultations carried out are provided in ‘Chapter 9: Public Consultation and Information Disclosure’ of this report.
105. Secondary data was collected for information in both the immediate project area as well as the surrounding buffer area of 10 km. This entailed review of literature and having discussions with key experts from local agencies such as the Forestry Department, Patna University, Zoological Survey of India; NGO’s active in conservation of wildlife WWF, Dolphin Foundation, CEE. There is a substantial amount of literature on the endangered Gangetic Dolphin and the Ganga river and its watershed. There are also a number of agencies implementing various kinds of conservation projects for the Gangetic Dolphin and cleaning of the Ganga river. Some of the documents that were referred to for seeking ecological information for this study are: i. Floral and Faunal diversity of in the Lower Ganga published by the Indian Institute of Technology in 2012 ii. The Conservation Action Plan for The Gangatic Dolphin (2010-2020) by National Ganga River Basin Authority, MoEFCC, Governemnt of India; iii. The Gangatic Dolphin and Action Plan for its Conservation in Bihar (2013) prepared by Dr. R.K. Sinha for Department of Environemnt & Forest, Governemnt of Bihar; iv. Protection of Endangered Ganges River Dolphin in Brahmaputra River, Assam, India (2009) prepared by Dr. Abdul Wakid, Programme Leader, Gangatic Dolphin Research and Conservation Programme for IUCN. v. Smith, B.D. & Braulik, G.T. 2012. Platanista gangetica. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015.2.
Figure 33: Coverage of Ecological Study 56
2. Forests and Vegetation
106. Forest Cover: With a geographical area of 94163 sq.km Bihar is located in eastern part of India bordering Nepal and it forms part of gangatic plains drained by two major rivers, the ganges and the gandhak. The forest cover in the state is 6845 sq.km which is about 7.27 percent of the state’s geographical area. In terms of forest canopy density classes, the state has 231 sq.km very dense, 3280 sq.km moderately dense forest, and 3334 sq.km open forest.
107. The forest cover distribution of state is shown in Figure 34 and forest cover map is shown in Figure 35. Forest cover in different canopy density classes in the project districts are given in Table 21. It can be seen from the table that Patna district has 3202 sq.km. of geographical area comprising 21 sq.km of moderately dense forest, 4 sq.km open forest and absence of very dense forest. Thus the forest cover of Patna district is 0.50% of total geographic Area. In case of Vaihsali district, it comprising 79 sq.km of moderately dense forest, 13 sq.km open forest and it also does not have very dense forest..
Table 21: Forest Cover of Bihar and Project Districts Forest Category (Sq.km) District Geographical Very Dense Mod. Dense Open Forest Total Area Foest Foest Patna 3202 0 21 4 25 Vaishali 2036 0 79 13 92 Bihar 94163 247 3380 3666 7291 Source: India State of Forest Report 2013 by Forest Survey of India (FSI), Dehradoon.
Figure 34: Forest Cover Distribution of Bihar
57
Figure 35: Forest Cover Map of Bihar and Project Area
108. Recorded Forests: As per India State of Forest Report 2013 published by the Forest Survey of India (FSI), Dehradun the recorded forest area of the state is 6473 sq.km. which is 6.87% of its geographical area. The Reserved Forests constitute 10.70%, Protected Forests 89.28% and Unclassed Forests 0.02% of the total forest area. Table 22 show the recorded forests of the state.
Table 22: Recorded Forest Area of Bihar Forest Category Area Reserved Forest 693 sq.km Protected Forest 5779 sq.km Unclassed Forest 1 sq.km Total 6473 sq.km Of State’s Geographical Area 6.87 % Of India’s Forest Area 0.84 %
109. Forests Description: As per Champion and Seth Clasification, the state has ten types of forests which belongs to four type groups, viz. Tropical Wet Evergreen, Tropical Moist Deciduous, Littoral and Swamp Forest, and Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests. The forests are dominated by Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests which accunts for 84.66% followed by Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests (8.81) and Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests (1.22). Littoral and Swamp Forests acounts to 0.24%. Tree cover and plantation occuping 7.06% of the forest cover. The catecteristics of each forest is presented herwith.
Tropical Wet Evergreen Forest: These are tall, dense and multi-layered forests generally found in regions having rainfall in excess of 2500 mm. The total area under these forests is about 4.1 million ha, distributed mainly in the Western Ghats, Upper Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Andaman and Nicobar Islands. The flora in these forests 58
has Malayan affinities. Bamboos and canes occur in specific locations. Ferns and epiphytes are also common.
Tropical Moist Deciduous Forest: These forests occur over an area of 22.4 million ha, distributed mainly in the Western Ghats, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Bihar, West Bengal, Orissa, and Uttaranchal. This forest type occurs in a strip along the foothills of Himalaya, another strip along the east side of Western Ghats and in a large area in Chhota Nagpur and north-east hills. These forests are common in areas where rainfall is 1500-2000 mm with a dry season of 4 to 6 months. The most important forest communities are those consisting of sal (Shorea robusta) and teak (Tectona grandis). The teak forests are characteristics of southern form, whereas sal forests form the greater proportion in the northern form. Bamboos are quite common. Bambusa arundinacea and Dendrocalamus hamiltonii are the most common bamboo. These forests are usually 2 to 3 layered with a much lower number of species as compared with the earlier type-groups.
Littoral and Swamp Forests: These forests consist of evergreen species of varying densities and height, usually associated with mesic habitats. These forests occupy an area of 0.7 million ha along the coast. These forests are mostly in their developmental stage and are seral in nature; they occur throughout the country, wherever wet and waterlogged conditions prevail. The littoral and tidal forests occur along the coast, the latter being especially associated with deltas of larger rivers. Swamp forests occur in north-east India along major river systems. Mangrove forests are genrally dominated by trees of the genera – Rhizophora, Avicennia, Sonneratia, Bruguiera Kandelia and Ceriops. Some genera like Heriteira and Xylocarpus could be locally important, as in Sundarbans. The tidal and swamp forests are dominated by several evergreen and semi-evergreen species, while species like Baringtonia spp, Syzygium cumini, and Dillenia spp occur in seasonal swamps. Fresh water swamps contain species such as Terminalia arjuna, Lagerstroemia speciosa, Trewia nud- iflora, and Myristica spp.
Tropical Dry Deciduous Forest: These forests occur from Kanyakumari to the foothills of the Himalaya in irregular wide strips in areas having rainfall between 750 mm and 1250 mm. These forests are concentrated in Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Orissa, Uttar Pradesh, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. The total area under these forests is approximately 29.7 million ha. These forests consist of trees less than 25m high, with a light canopy consisting of deciduous trees. Dry teak and dry sal communities predominate in the southern and northern regions respectively. In some areas both these species are absent and a mixture of trees like Anogeissus pendula, Boswellia serrata, Hardwickia binata, Acacia nilotica, Madhuca indica, and Butea monosperma occupies the area. Acacia catechu and Dalbergia sissoo are conspicuously present on newly formed soils.
110. The proposed Gange bridge project area in Patna and Vaishali districts has deciduous type of forest. The project area does not encounter with any kind of recorded forests such as Reserve Forest, Protected forest or un- classed Forest (declared Protected under “ The Indian Forest Act, 1927”) and “Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 with Amendments Made in 1988”.
111. As provided in Table 4.2 the majority of the land use in the project area is water bodies and agricultural land. Accordingly the main type of vegetation in the project area are aquatic species and shrubs and bushes growing at the edge of agricultural areas as shown in Images 2 to 5. Given that the project area on either side of the bridge along the approach roads and in the diara is dominated by agriculture and horticulture the habitat type is “modified habitat” in accordance with the ADB SPS. 59
112. The project affected area comprises of Riparian Habitat (transition zone between aquatic and terrestrial ecosystem). A riparian area is the interface between land and a river or stream. Plant habitats and communities along the river margins and banks are called riparian vegetation, characterized by hydrophilic plants.
113. Riparian area may be natural or engineered for soil stabilization or restoration. These are important natural bio-filters, protecting aquatic environments from excessive sedimentation, polluted surface runoff and erosion. They supply shelter and food for many aquatic animals and shade that is an important part of stream temperature regulation.
114. The proposed project (Bridge Development) is partly comprises of Riparian Habitat and partly terrestrial Habitat. The vegetation survey of the proposed site witnesses scattered growth of grasses (mainly weeds), rooted hydrophytes, emerging hydrophytes, shrubs in undisturbed area and trees leaning over river water.
115. Among herbs species, weeds are commonly reported on the river bank. Commonly reported weeds species are Congress grass (Parthenium hysterophorus), Lantana (Lantana Camara), Eipatorium trilpineve, Solanum xanthiocarpum and Datura (Dathura stromonium). This is mainly due to better survival rate, higher seed production and fast growing in comparison to other herbs.
116. The species of grasses reported along the banks are Cyanodon dactylon, Achyranthes aspera, Saccharum arundinaceum, Vetiveria zizanoides, Ludwigia parviflora, Rungia repens, etc. These are mainly reported above the water level, in an undisturbed area. Rooted hydrophytes are reported along the banks, where water level is less than a foot or water has recedes after flooding. The commonly reported hydrophytes are Ipomoea carnea, Argeratum conyzoides, Azolla pinnata, Eichhornia crassipes,Lemna perpusilla, Spirodela polyrhiza, etc. Ipomoea aquatic,etc.
117. The phyto-sociological study of the core zone (terrestrial habitat) beyond the riparian habitat comprises of manmade ecosystem. Trees plantation in form of landscaping was noticed due to nearby residential area and agricultural areas. The species of trees reported are mainly planted, except few species which are naturally growing. These trees are fruit, flower and seed bearing and attract avifauna, small mammals and reptiles. Species of trees on the river bank identified from the field survey alongwith their conservation status are presented in Table 23.
Table 23: List of Trees /Plants in the Project Area and It’s Status Sl. Common Local Scientific Name IUCN GOI CITES No. Name Availability 1 Peepal Ficus religiosa NA - - R 2 Bargad Ficus benghalensis NA - - R 3 Sissoo Dalbergia sissoo NA - - C 4 Jamun Syzygium cumini NA - - C 5 Neem Azadirachta indica NA - - C 6 Sal Shorea robusta LC - - C 7 Salai Boswellia serrate NA - - C 8 Bahera Terminalia arjuna NA - - C 9 Mango Mangifera indica Data - - A Deficient 10 Golden Crassia fistula NA - - C shower 11 Bakain Melia azadirachta NA - - C 12 Jackfruit Artocarpus NA - - C heterophyllus 60
Sl. Common Local Scientific Name IUCN GOI CITES No. Name Availability 13 Kadamb Anthocephalus NA - - A cadamba 14 Bail Aegle marmelos NA - - C 15 Siris Albizia procera NA - - C 16 Devil Tree Alstonia scholaris LC - - R 17 Royal Palm Roystonea regia NA - - C 18 Amla Phyllanthus emblica NA - - C 19 Coconu Coco nucifera NA - - C 20 Umar Ficus racemosa NA - - R 21 Gular Ficus Glomerata NA - - R 22 Palash Butea monosperma NA - - R 23 Gulmohar Delonix regia LC - - C 24 Kala siris Albizia lebbeck NA - - R 25 Semal Bombax ceiba NA - - R 26 Bair Zizyphus jujube NA - - C 27 Palm Arecaceae NA - A I & II A 28 Khajoor Phoenix dactylifera NA - - C 29 Babul Acacia nilotica NA - - C 30 Jalebi Pithecellobium NA - - C dulce
31 Arjan Terminalia arjuna NA - - C
Abbreviations: IUCN: T = Threatened, R = Rare, V = Vulnerable, LC = Least Concern, NA= Not Assessed GoI: (Government of India, THE WILDLIFE (PROTECTION) ACT, 1972): Schedule VI = specified plants: Willfully pick, uproot, damage destroy, acquire or collect any specified plant from any forest land and area specified, CITES: A I & II = Appendix I & II =species that are not necessarily now threatened with extinction but that may become so unless trade is closely controlled) Local Availability: (Observation by vegetation survey team): A = abundant, C = common, R = rare.
Image 2: Mustard plant growing in Impage 3: Wheat plant growing in Raghopur diara of Patna Raghopur diara of Patna 61
Image 4: Tree gwon in Raghopur diara Image 5: Old tree growing in of Patna Raghopur diara of Patna
118. Loss of Trees: There are very fews trees exist along the proposed alignment of the approach roads and associated facilites, which are likely to be impacted dur to proposed bridge develomental activity. The main species observed are khajoor, shisham, simar, palm, mango and kathal. Approximately 450 trees are likely to be affected along the proposed approach road corridors (237 trees on the left side and 211 trees on the right side). The removal of these trees and the loss of vegetation cover will have some effect on local ecological balance, such as the disruption of habitat for small birds, mammals, etc., that will be forced to migrate to other areas. With the addition of trees and shrubs, following re- forestation, the short term impact of construction is expected to be riversed over the long term. Annex 4.3 provides the list of trees needed to be cut along the proposed project on left and right side respectively. There is no endangered species going to be affected by the project widening.
3. Wildlife and Protected Area
119. Protected Area Network: The forests of Bihar abound in wildlife, though some of the notable game animals and birds like tiger, deer, buffalo, duck etc., are fast disappearing. In order to prevent the extinction of any species and to preserve them and maintain their balance with nature, the government has notified reserved areas as protected area.
120. The protected area network of Bihar consists of widlife sancturies and national parks. There is one National Park and twleve Wildlife Sancturies covering an area of 0.32 million hectares, which constitutes 3.38% of the total geographical area of the state. The lone tiger reserve of the state i.e. Valmiki Tiger Reserve covers an area of 84000 hactares. Kabar, situated in Begusarai district with an area of 6738 hactares, is a wetland of national importance. The details of these protected sites are given in Table 24 and Figure 36 show the protected area map of the Bihar.
121. It can be seen from the Figure 36 that there are no protected area within 50 km redium of the project area. The nearest protected area is Barela S.A.Z.W Wildlife Sanctuary in nothern part of Vaishali districts which is more then 50 km away from the project site.
Table 24: Protected Area Network in the State of Bihar 62
Area in Sl. Protected Area Location (District) sq.km A. National Parks (NP) 1 Valmiki National Park West Champaran 335.65 B. Wildlife Sancturies (WLS) 2 Barela S.A.Z.S. WLS Vaishali 1.96 3 Bhimbandh WLS Munger 681.99 4 Gautam Budh WLS Gaya 138.34 5 Kanwarjheel WLS Begusarai 63.11 6. Kaimur WLS Rohtas 1342.00 7. Kusheshwar Sthan WLS Darbhanga 29.17 8. Nagi Dam WLS Jamui 1.92 9. Nakti Dam WLS Jamui 3.33 10. Pant (Rajgir) WLS Nalada 35.84 11. Udaypur WLS West Champaran 8.87 12. Valmiki WLS West Champaran 454.15 13. Vikramshila Gangatic Dolphin WLS Bhagalpur 50.0 Source: Widlife Institute of India, Dehradun
63
Figure 36: Protected Area Map of Bihar and Project Area (Source: Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun) 64
122. Terrestial Fauna: To study the diversity of fauna, information is collected form secondary sources. Secondary data was collected from the forest department and from previous studies done in the area to establish baseline study for distribution of wild animals in the study area. No wild mammals sighted during the field surveys but local people and sedondary data reported some of the animals visiting the project area.
123. The main type of habitat in the project area is modified habitat in the area of the approach roads. However the area inside the Ganga river and Raghopur diara as shown in Figure 4.14 is critical habitat. The Ganga river is critical habitat as it is home to the globally endangered Gangetic Dolphin (Platanista Gangetica gangetica). The Raghopur diara is critical habitat as it is habitat to some of migratory bird species mostly those of gange river basin.
124. There are five classes of fauna in the project area comprising: mammals, aves (birds), fishes, amphibians, reptiles, insects and zooplanktons. Table 4.20 below provides a summary of the total numbers of species under each class including the endangered species listed under the IUCN red list and protected species list in the Wildlife Conservation Act of India.
125. Smooth coated otters, Lutra perspicillata, was occationally sighted in the project areas. During current surveys burrows of the otters were sighted but not the animals. Besides these Black Buck, Antilope cervicapra, are also reported on the river floodplain further downstream of the current bridge location. Blue Bulls, Boselaphus tragocamelus, and jackals, Canis aureus, were common along the Ganga in Patna stretch. Monitor Lizards, Varanus bengalensis, were commonly sighted on the river bank with natural vegetation throughout the stretch. Gavialis, 'gharial' in local parlance, are also reported in northern section of River Ganga but not in the project area. Based on secondary information like interaction with the local, wild mammals like Indian mongoose and five stripped squirrel are reported. Domesticated mammals like goat, sheep, dog, cow, ox, donkey etc. are reported. These animals are domesticated for milk and other commercial purposed.
126. The only predator that may have rivaled the dominance of Gangetic dolphin in their distribution range is the gharial, Gavialis gangeticus, a critically endangered exclusively riverine and fish eating crocodile with a highly modified long snout. However this is not reported in the project area. Both Hard-shell turtles, Kachuga tecta, and Soft-shell turtles, Aspideretes gangeticus, were also reported in upper ganga and gandhal river basins. A number of water snakes , Xenochrophispiscator (Schneider), were sighted in the Ganga.
127. Based on forest working Plan and interaction with people dwelling nearby project areas, it has been confirmed that the study area witness poor reptilian distributions. Reptile like Rat Snakes (Ptyas mucosus), Common Kraits (Bungarus caerulens), Indian cobra (Naja Naja) etc. has been reported. House Geiko and Garden Lizard are directly sighted during primary visit.
128. Avian Fauna: Avian fauna in and along the River Ganga are rich and highly diversified. About 90 species of birds belonging to 66 Genera and 29 families in and along 526 km of the River Ganga are reported. Only one endangered species Greater Adjutant (Leptotilus dubius) and nine rare species: Caspian Tern (Sterna caspia), Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa limosa), Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus), Greater Spotted Eagle (Aquila clanga), Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus), Common Shelduck (Tadorna tadorna), Pied Harrier (Circus melanoleucos) Indian Cormorant (Phalacrocorax fuscicellis), Great White Pelican (Pelicanus onecrotalus) were recorded from the Ganga. 65
129. The fauna reported in the project vicinity are mainly avifauna (highest diversity) followed by mammals and reptiles. The commonly reported avifauna in the study area during primary survey, with higher diversity are Common crow, Myna, Eagle, Sparrow, Babbler, Pigeon, Cattle Egrets, Red Vented bulbul, Drongo, Sparrow, Indian Roller etc. A higher frequency of these birds in the project affected area has been noticed as per local community. This is mainly due to availability of nesting habitat, discarded foods from rituals ceremony and fruits bearing trees. Table 4.9 gives the list of avifauna reported in the project area.
130. The detailed faunal species list by names found in the project area are provided in appendix xx. The names of the IUCN endangered species and species listed in schedule I and II of the GOI Wildlife Protection Act is listed in Table 25 below.
Table 25: List of Endangered Fauna Species in Ganga River Basin Common name Scientific Name IUCN Wildlife category Conservation (CR, EN, VU) Act Schedule Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala NT Schedule IV Black necked Stork Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus NT Schedule IV Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilos javanicus VU - Greater Adjutant Leptoptilos dubius EN Schedule IV Black-headed Ibis Threskiornis NT Schedule III melanocephalus Ferruginous pochard Aythya nyroca NT Schedule IV Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga VU - River Lapwing Vanellus duvaucelii NT - Black-tailed Godwit Limosa limosa NT Schedule IV Eurasian Curlew Numenius arqueta NT - Mammals Gangetic Dolphin Platanista Gangetica EN Schedule I gangetica
Note: NT – Near Threatened, EN – Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, CE – Critically Endangered
131. Table 26 present the list of avifauna reported in the project area along with its habitat and conservation status..
Table 26: List of Avifauna Found in the Project Area S. Common Name Scientific Habitat Distribution Wildlife No. Name Conservation Act Schedule 1 Red Wattled Vanellus Bushes- Neating Common IV Lapwing indicus 2 Rock Pigeon Columba livia Old building Common IV 3 Cattle Egrets Bubulcus ibis Trees, grass Sporadic IV Land 4 Cuckoo Cuculus Trees Common IV micropterus 5 Red Vented Pycnonotus Bushes &Trees Sporodic IV Bulbul cafer 6 Common Crow Corvus Trees Sporadic IV splendene 7 Common Myna Acridotheres Trees Sporadic IV tristis 8 Common Turdoides Trees & Shrubs Common IV Babbler caudate 66
S. Common Name Scientific Habitat Distribution Wildlife No. Name Conservation Act Schedule 9 Green Bee eater Merops Trees Rare IV orientalis 10 House sparrow Passer Trees & Common IV domesticus Settlements 11 Drongo Dicrurus Trees Common IV bracteatus 12 Egret Casmerodium Grass land & Common IV albus shrubs 13 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Grass land & Common IV Shrubs 14 Rose ringed Psittacula Trees Sporadic IV parakeet Krameri 15 Spotted dove Spilopelia Grass land & Common IV chinensis Trees 16 Bank Myna Acridotheres Trees Sporodic IV ginginianus Note: Schedule IV of Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, predominantly enumerated the species of common occurrence, which needs lesser attention in terms of conservation and management. Further, these species are considered as “Least Concern” under the Red List Category & Criteria of IUCN.
132. Aquatic Fauna: Along its course (2500 km) river Ganga support rich faunal habitat. Numerous species of fishes, reptiles and aquatic mammals has been reported. The stretch from Haridwar to Gangasagar is primarily known for the presence of Ganga River Dolphins. The population of which had been tremendously decline due to pollution caused by effluents discharge from major city, mining of sand on river bed, construction of dam, over fishing, and poaching of dolphins for using in fishing net and for meat.
133. Extensive study of secondary sources of information is done to know for the distribution of aquatic fauna in the study area. Primary survey along the river bed interaction with local fisher men were carried out to establish the presence of dolphin‟s habitat in the project affected area. Secondary information was collected from Zoological Survey of India and from forest department for faunal distribution. Different faunal group like mammals, reptiles, fishes and aquatic avifauna are recorded from the study area based on primary and secondary survey.
134. Aquatic mammals: Aquatic mammals like Gangetic Dolphins (Platanista Gangetica gangetica) have been reported in the study area. Detail assessment is provided oin subsequent sections.
135. Fishes: Ganga River is adobe for variety of fishes. To have an idea about the fishes local peoples were asked along the proposed project, sand deposited area within the river and on the banks. Secondary information about fishes distribution was collected from fishery department and from the fisher men. The species of fishes noticed from study are Rohu, Catla, Hilsa, Mystus sp, Cirrhinus Sp, etc. Species of fishes reported in the study area is given in Table xx. The species of fishes given in Table 4.10 are commonly reported in the fresh water bodies like river, streams, lakes, pond and estuaries. They are cosmopolitan in distribution and are reported all over India and Indian Sub continents. These species of fishes are commonly used in aqua culture practice and had good commercial importance.
136. Ecologically these species are primary and secondary consumer in the freshwater ecosystem mainly in rivers. They are primary food for secondary consumers like fresh water dolphins (Platanista Gangetica gangetica), gharials, crocodiles, turtles, etc. They do not 67
have fix breeding and nesting site and mainly spawn during monsoon season when the water is diluted, laden with silt and current of water is high to keep their spawn (egg) floating for hatching of eggs. Hence they breed all over river, streams, lakes, etc. during favorable conditions.
137. Therefore the species of fishes reported in Table 27 are not confined to project site only but are reported all over Ganges courses.
Table 27: Fish Species in the River Section under Project Area S. Common Scientific Name Categories Category as per IUCN –Red No. Name List 1 Mrigal Cirrhina mrigala Indian Major Not Included carps 2 Catla Catla Catla Do Not Included 3 Rohu Labeo rohita Do Least Concern (as per Ver. 3.1) 4 Calbasu Labeo calbasu Do Least Concern (as per Ver. 3.1) 5 Bata Labeo Bata Indian Minor Least Concern (as per Ver. 3.1) Carp 6 Kalabans Labeo dero Least Concern ( as per Ver. 3.1) 7 Wallaga attu Not Included 8 Rita rita Least Concern ( as per Ver. 3.1) 9 Cyprinus carpio Other fishes Vulnerable A2ce (As per Ver 3.1) 10 Channa punctate Not included 11 Channa marulias Least Concern ( as per Ver. 3.1) 12 Tengara Mystus Tengara Least Concern ( as per Ver. 3.1) 13 Ponthia Puntius sophore Least Concern ( as per Ver. 3.1) 14 Puntius ticto Not Included 15 Singhi Heyeropneustus fossilis Not Included 16 Palwa Mystus cavasius Least Concern ( as per Ver. 3.1) 17 Phasia Setipinna brevifilis Not Included (Source: Secondary Data)
138. Endangered Species of Flora and Fauna: It can be said from the above data that the Gangatic Dophin (Platanista Gangetica gangetica) is only endangered species found in the project area as part of ecological survey. Basides this Greater Adjutant (Leptoptilos dubius) an endangered species of bird, is also reported in the project area. These two species are included in the IUCN-Red List. Details of these two species is presented in subsequent sections. Annex 4.4 provides species specifc habitat analysis of these two endangered species.
a. Gangetic Dolphin (Platanista Gangetica gangetica
139. ). Gangetica Dolphins (Platanista Gangetica gangetica) is Scheduled – I animals as per “The Wildlife (Protection) Act – 1972”. This animal is declared endangered by the IUCN Red List Category - 2012 and need conservation to safe guard the population.
140. Status of Gangatic Dolphin in the Ganga & Study Area: The Gangetic dolphin, Platanista gangetica gangetica, is an obligate freshwater dolphin distributed in the Ganga- Brahmaputra-Meghna river basin in India, Nepal and Bangladesh; and also in Sangu- Karnaphuli river systems in Bangladesh (Figure 37). It is one of the only three obligate freshwater dolphins of the world. The Gangetic dolphin belongs to Order Cetacea of Class Mammalia and has been categorized as 'Endangered' by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) in 1996. It is included in Appendix I of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Flora and Fauna (CITES), and in Appendix II of Convention on Migratory Species (CMS). Government of India provided legal protection to this species by including it in Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972. It was declared 68
as the National Aquatic Animal of India by Honorable Prime Minister, Dr. Man Mohan Singh, on 5 October, 2009.
Images 6 and 7: Gangatic Dolphin (Susu) - Platanista gangetica gangetica
Figure 37: Distribution Map of Gangatic Dolphin (Source: IUCN Red List)
141. Importance of the Species: The Ganges dolphin is at the apex of the food chain of the river ecosystems, and thus is an indicator of the health of the river ecosystems. It is an endemic and rare aquatic mammal found only in the Indian subcontinent and has been part of our natural aquatic heritage. It is a unique charismatic mega-fauna of the Indian subcontinent and has been given the status of National Aquatic Animal of India on 5th October, 2009. India is the last stronghold with extant populations in the Ganga- Brahmaputra river systems. The species is in peril in Nepal and many parts of Bangladesh (Figure 4.18). Almost half of the total population of over 3000 of this species is found in the rivers of Bihar. Thus developing a comprehensive action plan to conserve the Gangetic dolphin especially in the state of Bihar is urgently required.
142. Distribution, Habitant, Breeding & It’s Current Conservation Plan: The preferred habitats in rivers are: downstream of shallow places, in narrow places, narrow and deep sections of river, in deep locations, where the current is weak, in deep water pools, off the mouths of irrigation canals, near villages and ferry crossings, downstream of bridge pilings, downstream of sand bars and sharp meanders, near bathing Ghats, cremation Ghats and in channels with muddy, rocky substrates. The river dolphins occurred in the same locations preferred by fishermen, and sites with dolphins had a higher biomass of smaller sized fish than area from which they were not recorded. In the area of human activities like bathing 69
and washing Ghats, ferry Ghats and cremation Ghats’s people throw some eatables which attract the fishes and ultimately the dolphins. River dolphins are expected to be most vulnerable during the low-water season when habitat is limited and it is therefore important to determine which habitats are preferentially used at this time, so that conservation effort can be focused in these locations.
143. To establish the existence of Dolphins habitat in the study area, extensive survey was carried out at dawn, afternoon and at dusk to have rough ideas whether their distribution is driven by circadian rhythm. Secondary information was collected based on the interaction with boat men, fishermen and people dwelling near the Ghat. Zoological Survey of India and Environment & Forest Department were also consulted regarding the presence of Wildlife sanctuary and dolphins breeding site. Figure 4.19 shows the historical distribution of Dophin in Ganges river basin.
Figure 38: Historical distribution range of the Ganga River Dolphin (Anderson, 1879)
144. The most of the dolphin activities depend on eco-location. The Noise pollution in river caused by mechanized boats and other vessels, seismic tests and other development activities, interferes and adversity affects dolphin’s natural behavior.
145. Status of Gangetic Dolphin in Study Area: The distribution of dolphin in study area is around 35-40 in numbers as stated by State Government officials, Patna University researchers and Gangetic Plain, Regional Centre, Zoological Survey of India, Patna office. The Environment & Forest Department, Govt. of Bihar has set up Centre for Conservation and Development of Dolphin and a proposal to set up National Dolphin Research and Development Institute is under active consideration of Environment & Forest Department, Govt. of India.
146. In addition, renowned Dolphin Man, Prof. R.K. Sinha, has reviewed the project proposals and according to his preliminary report, the entire stretch of the river along the city of Patna is a good habitat for the Gangetic Dolphin. The report further indicates that, the Gangetic Dolphin prefers deep zone with eddy counter currents and complex hydro- geomorphological formation in the river. Such habitats were formed along the left bank of the 70
river at Patna. When the flow of Ganga was from Pahleza ghat to Digha ghat, i.e. North to South, the river used to flow very close to the city of Patna from Digha Ghat to Deedarganj.
147. Spawn Location & it’s Movement: No feeding habitat is reported in the project area due to low water depth, island formation due to sand deposition and frequent movement of motor driven boats, effluent discharge pollution the water towards right banks and other anthropogenic activity has deprive the right bank nearby Deedarganj from dolphins movement. Figure 39 show the movement path of Dolphin in the project area.
Project Site
Figure 39: Movement Path of Dolphins in Ganga near Project Area
148. Though the breeding season of the Ganges dolphin extends from January to June, newly born calves can be seen even in other months. While mating usually takes place between March and June, it has been observed even in July. Only a single baby is born after a gestation period of about 9 months. At the time of birth the neonate is about 70- 90 cm and weighs about 4 kg – 7.5 kg. The mother and calf remain together for about one year. The male attains sexual maturity at an age of about 10 years when they reach a length of 1.7 meters while the females are known to attain sexual maturity at 10 or less years (Kasuya 1972) when they are around 2m long (Harison 1972). Various research on Dolphins indicated that the river habitat is conducive for dolphin breeding in spite of various biotic pressures.
149. Based on secondary information, discussion with ZSI and Environment & Forest department, higher frequency of dolphins movement is reported at three location in the study area (within 10 km from project boundary). They are i) Ganga (Gandhak confluence site), ii) Danapur (Punpun Bridge), and iii) Fatuwah (Trivani Ghat). (Source: Zoological Survey of India, Patna, Bihar).
150. Dolphins are reported at these sites because fishes are maximum available at the confluence site and where counter current exists, which make them easier to catch prey. Dolphins prefer to stay where water depth is more, counter current in water exists and water beels exists at confluence point with streams and rivers.
151. Migration and Dispersal: The marked seasonal changes in the dolphin distribution and density over much of its range are due, at least in large part, to fluctuations in water levels. During the dry season from October to April, many dolphins leave the tributaries of the Ganga and Brahmaputra systems and congregate in the main channels, only to return to the tributaries the following monsoon. Dolphins were seen more than 150kms upstream in 71
the River Son in the flood season in the early 1990s, returning to the main stream of the Ganga after the floods abated in October. They may become isolated in pools and river branches during the dry season (Reeves and Brownell, 1989). The Ganges River dolphins even disperse in the main channel of the Ganga in search of prey. Observations in Nepal show that they move in and out of tributaries of the Gandak, Kosi, and Karnali systems during high water seasons, probably spending low water seasons in deep pools of the tributaries. In the main rivers, a decrease in abundance during the summer would confirm a seasonal pattern of migration (Shreshtha, 1989). Relatively high densities of dolphins are found at sites where rivers join or just downstream of shallow stretches, in areas where the current is relatively weak, off the mouths of irrigation canals, and near villages and ferry routes. In the Indus, about 40%- 45% of the dolphin population is found at junctions of tributaries with the main river stream, at least during the dry season, presumably being attracted to these areas by concentrations of prey (Reeves and Brownell, 1989).
152. Conservation of Gangatic Dophin: Looking at the importance and endangered staus of Gangatic Dophin, Government of India has notified section of river ganges between Sultangang and Kahalgaon near Bhagalpur in Bihar State as dophin dolphin sancruary.
153. Vikramshila Gangetic Dolphin Widlife Sanctuary: Vikramshila Gangetic Dolphin Sanctuary is located near Bhagalpur in Bihar (Source: Conservation and Bio-monitoring in the Vikramshila Gangetic Dolphin Sanctuary, Bihar, India) more than 130 km (aerial distance) downstream of project site of bridge development. The sanctuary is a 50 km stretch of the Ganges River from Sultanganj to Kahalgaon. Designated in 1991, it is the only protected area for the endangered Gangetic dolphins in Asia. Once found in abundance, only a few hundred remain, of which half are found here. The Gangetic dolphins have been declared as the National Aquatic Animal of India. This decision was taken in the first meeting of the National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA) chaired by Prime Minister of India on Monday, 5 October 2009. Figure 40 gives the location of Vikramshila Gangetic Dolphins Sanctuary with respect to project site.
154. The Sanctuary also contains rich diversity of other threatened aquatic wildlife, including the Indian smooth-coated otter (Lutrogale perspicillata), gharial (Gavialis gangeticus), a variety of freshwater turtles, and 135 species of waterfowl.
72
Figure 40: Location of Vikramshila Gangetic Dolphins Sanctuary with respect to project site
73
b. Greater Adjutant (Leptoptilos dubius)
155. IUCN Status: Greater Adjutant (Leptoptilos dubius) listed as endangered because this species has a very small population which is declining very rapidly. Recent breeding failures in Assam (the species's stronghold) provide cause for concern and need to be closely monitored. This species is also listed on Schedule IV of India protected list. The total population is estimated to number 800-1,200 mature individuals, roughly equivalent to 1,200-1,800 individuals in total. This is based on estimates of 650-800 birds in Assam, India, plus 150-200 birds in Cambodia, as well as at least 156 birds in Bihar state, India, which may have dispersed from the Assam population.
156. Range: Leptoptilos dubius was previously widespread and common across much of South and continental South-East Asia but declined dramatically during the first half of the 20th century (Birdlife International 2001). It is known to breed in Assam, India (at least 650- 800 birds, or more [Choudhury 2000]), and at the Tonle Sap lake (c.75 pairs) and in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary in the Northern Plains (c.15-20 pairs), Cambodia (T. Clements in litt. 2007). The species was reported to be breeding in Bihar, India, in 2004, and a small breeding population was discovered in the state on the Ganga and Kosi river floodplains in 2006 (Mishra and Mandal 2009). Figure 41 show the distribution od Greater Adjutant. The population there appears to be increasing, with at least 156 estimated in 2008 and over 300 individuals in 2011, up from 78 in 2007 (Mishra and Mandal 2009, Kahn 2011). Breeding success in recent seasons has been extremely poor in Assam: the number of nests in colonies is declining sharply, but for unknown reasons (Goswami and Patar 2006). Despite this, large flocks of a few hundred birds are still noted around the city of Guwahati, which may provide feeding areas for around half of the species's world population (Choudhury 2008).
Figure 41: Distribution Map of Leptoptilos Dubius (Source: IUCN Red List)
157. Native to: Bangladesh; Cambodia; India; Nepal; Thailand; Viet Nam. Population trend is decresing.
158. Habitat and Ecology: It is a terrestrial and freshwater species. While breeding in the dry season (October-May/June) it inhabits wetlands, nesting in tall trees, bamboo plantations and historically on cliffs. Breeding is thought to coincide with the dry season in order to take 74
advantage of abundant prey as water levels recede (Singha et al. 2003). In north-east India, it occurs close to urban areas, feeding around wetlands in the breeding season, and dispersing to scavenge at rubbish dumps, abattoirs and burial grounds at other times. In Cambodia, it breeds in freshwater flooded forest and areas of dry forest with ephemeral pools, otherwise dispersing to seasonally inundated forest, carcass dumps, tall wet grassland, mangroves and intertidal flats.
159. Source of data above: BirdLife International 2013. Leptoptilos dubius. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015.2.
160. Conclusion Regarding Project Interections with Critical Habitat: The species is not observed in the project area as it is limited to tall trees. Therefore there are no concerns for Leptoptilos dubius. However in case during the project execution if this species is found within the project area, neessary measures including providing nets around nests, protection oftall trees etc. will be carried out in coordination with zoological and forest department of Bihar.
C. Socio-Economic Environment
1. Land Use
161. The most of the geographical area (9359 i.e. about 99 percent) of the state is available for utilisation. This means about 99 percent of the land area in the state in available under various land uses. Major portion of the land use is under agriculture. The land use pattern of the study area along the proposed project, based on satellite imagery of 2013 is tabulated in Table 28. The land use in the study area is pre-dominantly Ganga river followed by agriculture land.
Table 28: Land Use Pattern based on Satellite Imagery (Year 2013) Sl. No. Class % of the Study Area 1. Agriculture 30.55 2. Settlements area 02.45 3. Horticulture & Plantation 05.10 4. Land not used for agriculture 01.14 5. Water bodies (river/drain/pond/tank/well) 60.76 Total 100
2. Demographic Features
162. Bihar is a land-locked state in the Eastern part of the country with a population of about 82.9 million with more than 90 percent of the population living in the rural areas. The human population density is 880 persons/km2 compared to 325 persons/km2 for the entire country. Sex ratio is 921 against the 933 in the country. The demographic feature of Bihar is unique in that there are many recognized tribes, which inhabit mostly the remote areas and each with distinct culture, ethos, and traditional knowledge systems. The minority groups in the state namely Bathudi, Binjhia, Binjhal, Birhor, Birjia, Chik Baraik, Paharia Korwa, and Santal. The majority of the people survive on subsistence economy based mainly on the agriculture, supplemented with forest produces, animal husbandry, crafts/handloom, etc.
163. In 2011, Vaishali district had a population of 3,495,021 with a population density of 1,717 people per sq. km. Of the total 1,844,535 were male and 1,650,486 female. In 2011, Patna district had population of 5,838,465 with a population density of 1,823 people per sq. km. Of the total 3,078,512 were male and 2,759,953 were female. Further populations 75
details of the two districts, their sub districts and villages falling in the project area are provided in Table 29 and Table 30. The sex ratio in Vaishali was 895 females per 1000 in 2011. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 females per 1000 males as per the census 2011. For children it was 904 girls per 1000 boys. The sex ratio in Patna was 897 females per 1000 male under the census of 2011. For children it was 909 girls per 1000 boys in 2011. The average literacy rate of Vaishali was 66.60% in 2011 in comparison to only 50.49 in 2001. The male and female literacy rates were 75.41% and 56.73% respectively. The average literacy rate of Patna in 2011 was 70.68% compared to 62.92% of 2001. Male and female literacy was 78.48% and 61.96% respectively.
164. Agriculture and livestock rearing is the mainstay of the local people in the project area. It plays a significant role with respect to both generation of employment and share in the GDP. In addition the local communities in the project area also rely on allied agriculture, small scale businesses and small scale industries for employment as labourers.
76
Table 29: The Demography of Villages of Core Zone of Vaishali district through in which proposed bridge located
Sub District Bidupur Bidupur Bidupur Bidupur Bidupur Raghopur Raghopur Raghopur Raghopur Raghopur Jafrabad Himat pur Jamalpur Saifabad Rustampur Chak Khajauta Kazipatti Ragho pur Madhurapur Dih Diara Chak Sikandar Chaturang Name of village Shanker Ganga Pra Number of household 422 167 55 36 2478 570 449 109 60 841 Total Population 2407 940 281 237 14211 3243 2208 525 363 4721 Total Male 1266 492 146 144 7650 1724 1162 253 188 2506 Total Female 1141 448 135 93 6561 1519 1046 272 175 2215 Children 475 203 72 73 3186 572 413 90 79 789 Schedule caste 239 154 0 29 3127 714 490 301 170 1766 Schedule tribe 1 1 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 1 Literate 573 349 112 62 4636 2011 1281 319 148 2433 Illiterate 1834 591 169 175 9575 1232 927 206 215 2288 Total Worker 683 229 74 63 3904 857 637 146 95 1365 Cultivator 191 91 27 29 1331 51 184 32 1 303 Agriculture labor 225 81 28 27 1401 271 336 55 49 651 Household worker 12 4 1 0 85 21 0 0 0 16 Other Worker 59 11 3 2 498 306 94 21 21 143 Non Worker 1724 711 207 174 10307 2386 1571 379 268 3356 Source: Census of Indiia 77
Table 30: The Demography of Villages of Core Sone of Patna district through in which proposed bridge located Sub District Fatwah Fatwah Fatwah Town/Village census code 246135 246138 246138 Name of village Jethuli Daulatpur Kutubpur Number of household 2044 119 0 Total Population 12769 728 0 Total Male 6791 387 0 Total Female 5978 341 0 Children 2702 141 0 Schedule caste 1924 0 0 Schedule tribe 19 0 0 Literate 6188 399 0 Illiterate 6581 329 0 Total Worker 3284 268 0 Cultivator 397 104 0 Agriculture labour 1183 70 0 Household worker 52 0 0 Other Worker 1278 28 0 Non Worker 9485 460 0 Source: Census of India 78
3. Agriculture and Forestry
165. Agriculture forms the backbone of the national economy and despite resolute industrialization in the last five decades; agriculture holds a place of pride in Bihar state. About half the area is under cultivation, but pressure of population has pushed cultivation to the furthest limits, and little remains to be developed. The transitional nature of the climatic zone is reflected in the cropping pattern, which shows a mixture of wet and dry crops. Rice is everywhere the dominant crop, but corn (maize), wheat, barley, gram, oilseeds, and pulses (legumes) are important supplementary crops. Sugarcane is grown in a fairly well-defined belt in the northwest. Jute, a crop of the hot, moist lowlands, is found only in the easternmost plain districts. There are three harvests in a year: bhadai, dominated by corn that is sown from May to June and gathered in Bhado (August to September).Second is aghani, consisting primarily of rice sown in mid-June and gathered in the month of Aghan (December).Third is rabi made up largely of wheat that ripens in the plains in spring. Figure 3.2b show the agricultural map of the Bihar State.
166. In 2005-06 the State is at present producing about 8.59 million tones of food grains (comprising Cereals 1.41 million tones and 0.45 million tones of Pulses) and about 0.14 million tones of total Oilseed. In the production level the State was contributing (about 4.12% food grains in 2005-06, 4.14 % Cereals and 3.36 % Pulses) in National Kitty. The Contribution in national oilseed Production is about 0.5%. As far as Jute & Mesta is concerned Bihar stands second after West Bengal producing 1.39 million tonnes. Fruits and vegetables are extensively grown. Muzaffarpur and Darbhanga are particularly noted for mangoes, bananas, and litchi fruits. The potato-growing area near Bihar Sharif, in Patna district, produces the best variety of seed potato in India. The forest occupies 0.6 million hectares of the geographical area of the state whereas the cultivated area is about 6.2 million ha.
4. Fisheries
167. The state has potential for fisheries by enhancement of ponds, irrigation reservoirs, other water resources, the rivers. The fish production for the year 2004-2005 was 267510 tonnes. The important fishes commonly found in the region’s plain and river basins are Catla catla, Labeo rohita, Labeio calbase, Cirrihinus mirigale, L. Bata, M.aor, W.attu, B. bagrius, Heteropneuptus fonilis, Notopterus nontopterus, C. gaehua, and C. striatus,etc.
5. Transportation
168. Transportation system is a key factor in the socio-economic development of any state. In comparison with other Indian states, Bihar is poorly served with transport and communications facilities. State has about 21.77 km of roads per 100 sq. km, as against the national average of 38.33 km per 100 sq. km.The road network is seriously deficient both in the quantum network connectivity as well as in riding quality of the roads, mainly the state highways, district roads and village roads. Important railway junctions include Patna, Gaya, Mugalsarai, Muzaffarpur, Bhagalpur, Samastipur, Katihar, and Barauni. Also connecting the state with other parts of India are airports at Patna, Gaya and Bhagalpur as well as several national highways.
6. Mineral Resources
169. The most of mineral belt i.e. about 90% of the important minerals was taken away by Jharkhand from Bihar after its separation. Still some more important minerals are located in the state which are not only useful for the state but also has become important source of revenue 79
for the state. There are reserves of important deposits of Limestone, Purite, Magnetite, Mica, Chinaclay, Soapstone, Gold, Slate, Felspar, Galena, Sandstone, Saltpetre, etc.
7. Industrial Situation
170. Bihar is not so enriched with the resources for the industries and with a few scanty industries is located in the state. Some of the industries of the state are of sponge iron, oil refinery, forging, fertilizers, jelly filled communication cables, watch factory, fruit processing, bulk drugs, etc. One factory to be mentioned which is old and renowned rail wagon manufacturing plant, the Arthur Butler & Co, at Muzaffarpur.The major industrial units in the state are of sugar mills which are scattered throughout Bihar. Other types of mills are of rice and edible oil.
8. Aesthetic and Tourism
171. The state having the vast historical background is one of the hot tourist destinations of country. Bodhgaya is one of the ancient places in Bihar having a status of World Heritage Site and an important place of pilgrimage, has a number of monasteries, some of them established by Buddhists of Japan, Thailand, Myanmar, Sri Lanka etc. Vaishali was one of the earliest republics in the world (6th century BC).It was here that Buddha preached his last sermon. Vaishali, birthplace of Lord Mahavira is also Sacred to Jains. Rajgir, 19 kms from Nalanda, was the ancient capital of Magadha Empire and is one of the important tourist centres in India.
9. Cultural Resources
172. The History of Bihar as a region is very rich and eventful. This is due to the fact that Bihar was a center of power, learning and culture. It has been a cradle of Indian civilization and the birth place of two of the major religions that have emanated from India: Buddhism and Jainism. Festivals and cultural activities are being celebrated throughout the year in the state. There is one Hindu festival that is uniquely Bihari, and that is the festival of Chhath. This is observed mostly by the people of North Bihar. It is devoted to the worship of the Sun God. Specific events are being organised by different communities in different places in Bihar throughout the year such as Madhushravani (Social festival giving a message how to weave together religion and tradition in day-to-day life) in Mithilanchal, Bihula festival (family welfare) in Bhagalpur district, Sama-Chakeva (brother-sister relationships) in Mithila, etc. A huge fair is held at Sonepur which is a confluence point of the River Ganga & river Gandak in Kartik Poornima which is the largest fair of its kind in the world, for it is a fair especially for the trade of animals. Cattle, horses, camels and elephants can be seen in large numbers. It attracts a huge number of people, not only from all over Bihar, but also from other parts of India and foreign countries
173. Bodhgaya is one of the most important and sacred Buddhist pilgrimage center in the world. It was here under a banyan tree, the Bodhi Tree, Gautama attained supreme knowledge to become Buddha, the Enlightened One and a temple was erected there known as Mahabodhi Temple, a World Heritage Site. Apart from this, there are other ancient sites in Vaishali like Ashoka Pillar during Emperoer Ahoka, Bawan Pokhar Temple of Pala Period, and Bhudha Stupas containing ashes of Gautam Bhudha.Rajgir is also one of the most important historical place housing a large number of ancient monuments like Jarasandh ka Akhada believed to be at the time of Mahabharata, Jivakameavan Gardens, Ajatshatru Fort, Cyclopean Wall, Shanti Stupa, Sonbhandar Caves, Bimbisar Jail, Jain Temples, etc.Most of the monuments are of during the period of Gautam Bhudha.Another important historical center is Nalanda where the ruins of the world's most ancient university lies and came to light during 5th-12th centuries. 80
Nalanda was one of the world's first residential universities and was considered an architectural masterpiece.Another marvel is the Kesariya Stupa being the highest Stupa found in the country with a height of about 104” from the base and believed to be the World’s largest Stupa.
174. There are some historical places along the project road but beyond the project influence area. However, there are few religious structures i.e. temples, shrines located within corridor of project. Dargah at Km 0.050, Mazaar at Km 0.275 and Km 13.150, Temples at Km 0.425,Km 12.900, Km 13.250, Km 36.925 ,Km 37.400 and Km 113.125 which all have religious significance and are likely to be affected. However, these will not be disturbed due to improvement work.
10. Energy and Electric Power Potential
175. The state is well endowed with potential hydroelectric power. Main hydroelectric projects are Kosi Hydel Power Station, Eastern Gandak Canal, Sone Eastern Link Canal and Sone Western Link Canal. The other small hydel projects in the state are Agnoor and Delabagh and Nasirganj.
176. Installed power capacity of Bihar is 540 MW, of which 320 MW is produced from Barauni Thermal Power Station and 220 MW from Muzaffarpur Thermal Power Station. As on today, the installed generating capacity of Bihar State Electricity Board in terms of its Thermal and Hydro- Electrical plants exceeds 559.2 MW.Per capita electricity consumption in the state is 141 Kwh.
11. Presence of sensitive receptors such as schools/colleges/health centres/ hospitals
177. The list of sensitive receptors present along the project alignment is given in following Table 31. There is no sensitive receptors falling in the project alignment, however, project alignment is passing nearby the Girls Middle School at village Majlishpur.
Table 31: List of Sensitive Receptors along the Project Road S. No Name of Village Properties side Offset in (m) 1 Majlishpur Girls Middle School Right 5.50
D. Socio-Economic Profile of Project Affected Person
1. Social Categories of the DPs
178. The social stratification of the project area shows that the dominance of other backward caste (OBC) population with 1335 (83.75%) households followed by higher caste with 186 (11.67%), scheduled caste (SC) population with 72 (4.52%) households. There is only one household belong to scheduled tribe community is being affected by the project. The detail of social grouping in the project area is presented in the Table 32.
Table 32: Social Categories of the DPs Sl. No. Description of the Caste No. of Households % age 1 Scheduled Caste 72 4.52 2 Scheduled Tribe 1 0.06 3 Other Backward Caste 1335 83.75 4 Higher Caste 186 11.67 Total 1594 100.00 81
2. Number of DPs
179. There are 18171 DPs in total being affected by the project which includes 10549 (58.05%) males and 7622 (41.95%) females. The average household size is 11.4 and the sex ratio among the DPs is 723. The average household size is quite large because of many joint families and joint ownership. The details of DPs being affected in the project are presented in the Table 33.
Table 33: Number of DPs Sl. No. Categories of DPs No. of DPs % age 1 Male 10549 58.05 2 Female 7622 41.95 Total 18171 100.00
3. Vulnerable Households being Affected in the Project
180. According to project census survey there are 1007 households enumerated as vulnerable households as per the definition provided in the RF. In this project vulnerable group includes 72 SC households, 1 ST households, 56 women headed households, 41 households headed by physically handicapped persons and 770 Below Poverty Line (BPL) households. As per the latest Planning Commission, Government of India estimate, any person having monthly per capita consumption and expenditure (MPCE) of Rs. 7789 in rural area and Rs. 923 in urban area of Bihar is considered to be living below poverty line. Based on this calculation of poverty line figure, average annual household MPCE in rural Bihar is Rs. 46680. There are 77 households not falling under any other category but earning less than the average MPCE are also considered as vulnerable households in the project. The vulnerable household details are presented in the Table 34.
Table 34: Vulnerable Households being affected Sl. No. Vulnerable Categories No. of Households % age 1 Scheduled Caste Households 72 7.08 2 Scheduled Tribe Households 1 0.10 3 Women Headed Households 56 5.51 4 PH Headed Households 41 4.03 5 Below Poverty Line Households 770 75.71 6 Households below Minium Percapita Income 77 7.57 Total 1017 100.00
4. Annual Income Level of the Affected Households
181. There are only 77 (4.20%) households earning less than the official poverty level i.e. Rs. 46,680/- per year. There are 32 households (2.01%) having an average monthly income of above Rs. 46680 and Rs. 50000. The survey reveals that 515 (32.31%) households are earning bove 50000 and below 75000, 347 households are earning above 75000 and below 100000 and another 620 (38.90%) households are annually earning more than Rs. 1,000,00 which is a good economic indicator of their standard of living. The average income level of households in the project area is summarized in the Table 35.
9 Source: Press Note on Poverty Estimates, 2011-12, Government of India, Planning Commission, July 2013 82
Table 35: Annual Income Level of the Affected Households Sl. No. Annual Income Categories in (Rs) No. of Households % age 1 Above 10000 and Below 20000 4 0.25 2 Above 20000 and Below 30000 5 0.31 3 Above 30000 and Below 46680 58 3.64 4 Above 46680 and Below 50000 32 2.01 5 Above 50000 and up to 75000 515 32.31 6 Above 75000 and up to 100000 347 21.77 7 Above 100000 620 38.90 8 Not Responded 13 0.82 Total 1594 100.00
5. Number of DPs considered as Separate family as per LA Act
182. There are various categories of DPs as summarized in the Table 36 are treated as separate family under Right to Fair Compemsation in Land Acquisition and Resettlement Act- 2013.
Table 36: Number of DPs considered as Separate family as per LA Act Sl. No. Categories of APs No. of APs % age 1 Unmarried Son > 30 years 659 56.71 2 Unmarried Daughter/Sister > 30 years 146 12.56 3 Physically/Mentally Challenged Person 296 25.47 4 Divorcee/Widow 61 5.25 Total 1162 100.00
6. Educational Status of DPs
183. The educational status of DPs reveals that there are still 31.62% DPs are illiterate. Among the DPs, 20.42% are above matric 10.07% are graduate and 1.41 % are above graduate. This data excludes the children below 0 to 6 years. The gender segregated details of educational status of DPs are presented in the Table 37.
Table 37: Educational Status of DPs S. N. Educational status Male %age Female %age Total %age 1 Illiterate 2117 22.32 3066 44.40 5183 31.62 2 Literate 1248 13.16 899 13.02 2147 13.10 3 Up to middle 1557 16.41 931 13.48 2488 15.18 4 Below metric 857 9.03 487 7.05 1344 8.20 5 Metric 2317 24.43 1030 14.92 3347 20.42 6 Graduate 1205 12.70 446 6.46 1651 10.07 7 Above graduate 185 1.95 46 0.67 231 1.41 Total 9486 100.00 6905 100.00 16391 100.00
7. Occupational Status of DPs
184. The occupational pattern of DPs excluding children below 6 years, reveals that 26.17% DPs are engaged in agriculture. Among other categories, 6.71% DPs are labourer, 4.67% 83
engaged in service and 2.13% doing various business. The details of occupational status of DPs are summarized in the Table 38.
Table 38: Occupational Status of DPs S. N. Occupational status Male %age Female %age Total %age 1 Service 641 7.26 74 1.14 715 4.67 2 Business 322 3.65 5 0.08 327 2.13 3 Agriculture 3921 44.43 88 1.36 4009 26.17 4 Study 2817 31.92 1375 21.17 4192 27.36 5 Housewife 0 0.00 4918 75.73 4918 32.10 6 Labour 1006 11.40 22 0.34 1028 6.71 7 Unemployed 33 0.37 5 0.08 38 0.25 8 Professional 85 0.96 7 0.11 92 0.60 9 Old/Inactive 893 10.12 589 9.07 1482 9.67 Total 8825 100.00 6494 100.00 15319 100.00
8. Project Impact on Indigenous People
185. As per the 2011 census of India survey, total ST population of Bihar is about 1.28% of total State population. Since the project road is close to the State Capital and falling mostly semi-urban area, the presence of ST population is less as only 1 household is getting affected. The ST people affected under the project is considered vulnerable and special provision made in the entitlement matrix of RP.
9. Project impact on Women
186. There are 56 women headed households affected in the project. The negative impacts of the sub-project on female-headed households will be taken up on a case-to-case basis and assistance to these households will be treated on a priority basis. During disbursement of compensation and provision of assistance, priority will be given to female-headed households. Additionally, women headed households are considered as vulnerable and provision for additional assistance has been made in the entitlement of the RP. Provision for equal wage and health safety facilities during the construction will be ensured by the EA.
84
V. IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES
187. This Chapter presents the environmental assessment process and planning undertake by BSRDC in addressing the environmental impacts and risk associated with the construction of the new Bihar Over Ganga Bridge. This chapter starts with the identification and screening of potential impacts. The identification of impacts was conducted by identifying the general project components e.g. site mobilization, establishment of camps and staging areas, traffic management, and corresponding interaction with specific environmental aspects e.g. physical, biological, and human.
188. The critical project components that will have substantial interaction with the environment are as follow:
i) Preconstruction stage: a. Site mobilization and construction of temporary facilities - land clearing, installation of construction trailers, electricity and other utility connections, perimeter fencing, establishment of storage areas, waste disposal, pre- fabricated components, installation of production equipment (hot mix, concrete batching, rock crusher, casting), launch and assembly areas, temporary access roads, parking areas, jetties, floating bridges, and temporary piers b. Traffic, fishing, and river navigation c. Utility shifting (electric and communication lines and water and drainage pipes ii) Construction Phase a. Land clearing which includes surface stripping, topsoil storage, and other land preparation activities b. Excavation, dredging, and earthwork which includes collection and disposal of spoils or unusable sediment, water and wastewater segregation, cutting and filling, and maintenance of riverway for transport and fishing c. Construction of infrastructure includes: 1) main bridge approach embankments and viaducts with 6 lane divided carriageway,2) connecting road to Diara portion is a 4-lane divided carriageway, 3) bridge connecting approach roads (about 1.5km at Kachhi Dargah – southside and 9km at Bidupur – northside) and associated structures, 4) 2 ROB, 5) 8 underpasses and bridges, 6) 2 junctions, and, 7) 2 Toll Plazas. d. Works in the Ganga River including construction of coffer dams, pile driving, installation of foundations, bridge footings and piles, access road to the diara, and river training e. Transportation of materials, operation and maintenance of construction machineries including barges and lighting of work areas iii) Post-Construction Phase a. Deconstruction f strictures to include: dismantling of steel and concrete structures, offices, and crushing of debris b. Demobilization of work site like dismantling of all temporary facilities, restoration of storage and all other areas
85
189. The relationship between these project phases and components and the environment were established to identify anticipated environmental impacts. Each anticipated environmental impact was assessed for significance based in intensity, duration, and scope. Mitigation measures were identified to reduce the significant adverse impacts including residual effects. As the project will be implemented based on engineering, procurement, and construction (EPC) modality a number of wide range on construction alternatives like the bridge design remains to be decided and from which a host of construction activities and materials permutations will be assessed. Although this limits the scale and scope of impact assessment, it also allows a unique opportunity to integrate mitigation and enhancement principles in the design phase of the project to avoid and reduce adverse environmental impacts. Additional studies are also required from the EPC contractor to refine the analysis of certain impacts. Nonetheless, the principal environmental impacts from the construction of the new bridge across the Ganga are as follow:
a) Physical Environment: Soil, ground and surface water, and ambient air quality. Soil and ground contamination from oil and lubricant spillage and measures must be implemented to immediately avoid the dispersion in the environment. Most of the construction activities will occur near or in the Ganga river and measures and the control of suspended solid and other contaminants must be implemented. Movement of large volume of equipment; emissions from production equipment like hot mix, cement batching, welding yard, casting yard, and rock crusher), unpaved road travel will cause deterioration of the air quality however the intensity, duration, and scope will be further defined once the supply and transport of materials are defined by the contractor. Measures must also be implemented to control greenhouse gas emissions from the construction activities in addition to national ambient air quality parameters.
b) Biological Environment: The project site is a known migration route of the threatened and nationally protected Gangetic Dolphin, several turtle species, and resident Nilgai population in the Roghpur diara. Along the banks of the project area are active fishing grounds. Measures must be undertaken to ensure unimpeded migration of the Gangetic Dolphin and construction activities and infrastructures do not lead to the reduction in the population. During construction and de-commissioning phases, temporary and permanent structures along the river banks, river, and diara could affect fish habitat, migratory birds, turtles, and other animals like nilgai in terms of disruption, deterioration, and loss of habitat which will require compensatory measures.
c) Human Environment: The main impacts are noise, traffic, and archeology particularly near the approaches in Patna-Bakhtiyarpur, Rail-over-Bridge in Patna- Mokama main line, Mehnar junction, and the Hajipur-Samastipur main line. The surrounding sound environment will deteriorate from the bridge construction and later during operation. A noise management program will be implemented by the EPC contractor and BSRDC to comply with the GoI and Word Bank EHS guideline. Recognizing Patna City has been existing along the Gange river for hundreds of years, buried artifacts along the foot of the bridges may exist and their integrity needs to be preserved. Withstanding all these anticipated impacts, the effects to the human environment are considered as not significant if the mitigation measures are implemented.
86
190. An emergency response plans will be prepared and implemented by the EPC contractor to contain the harmful effects of accidents and malfunctions of construction equipment and machineries. The air quality at the immediate vicinity of the construction site, haul and diverted traffic roads, camp sites, and material production sites will deteriorate during the construction period and along the bridge particularly in the approaches and toll booths during operation phase. Mitigation measures will be implemented to control dust and combustion emissions during construction however details will be prepared by the EPC contractor once the materials production, transport, and use are finalized.
191. To ensure the EPC meets the GoI, GoB, and ADB environmental requirements are met, the BSRDC will put in place a management system where: i) EPC contractor will conduct specialized environmental impact assessment and management plans as enumerated in the EMP attached to the bidding documents, ii) updating of the EMP and EMoP by the contractor in coordination with the BSRDC environment and social cell and the environmental management team of the Construction Supervision Consultant, iii) third party review of the updated EMP and EMoP by the Environmental Management Council composed of local stakeholedrds, iii) public disclosure of the updated EMP and EMoP. The environmental management system will ensure that the mitiation measures and performance objectives set in the assessments are strictly observed, with clear accountabilities where necessary.
A. Anticipated Environmental Impacts
192. During pre-construction, construction, post-construction including demobilization similar types of environmental impacts are expected to occur, however, the corresponding intensity, location, and scale will vary. To determine the significance of the environmental impact, the level of disruption to a particular environmental component was assessed in 3 levels: i) low-no change in the characteristic and difficult to quantify, ii) average – change in certain characteristic and may be quantifiable, and iii) high – change in all or in the characteristics of the component and change is quantifiable. The duration or time dimension of the environmental impact is also as: i) short-lived where and the effect disappears immediately, ii) temporary and the effects are experienced in one or all the project activities, iii) permanent when the repercussions are felt throughout the life of the project. Finally, the scope or spatial dimension is assessed as either: i) limited and the actios only affects one environmental element located near the project, ii) local when the impacts affects the entire study area, and iii) regional where the effects are felt beyond the study area.
193. In the construction of the Ganga Bridge, the following environmental impact are anticipated:
Disruption of recreational and transport related activities across the Ganga River including its immediate banks Disturbance of avifaunal habitat Deterioration of the sound environment Potential mortality of protected species Disturbance of mammals such as nilgai in the construction footprint Disturbance of avifaunal habitats Disturbance of ichthyofaunal and habitat Deterioration of surface water quality from increase sediment load from sediment disturbance and erosion from exposed soils Deterioration of groundwater from accidental spills 87
Encroachment on private lands and demolition of structures Disruption of traffic Disruption of utilities
194. Although very limited information on the construction methodologies and components area available under the EPC procurement modality, general construction activities were formulated typical of a major bridge construction. These activities are divided into traditional constructions stages: pre-, during-, and post construction and further described below:
i) Pre-Construction - activities are generally classified into: (PC1) site mobilization and construction of temporary facilities, (PC2) traffic and navigational management, installation of signage, (PC3) relocation and protection of public utility infrastructure, and (PC4) soil stripping and land clearing. ii) Construction- Activities during construction involves: soil stripping and land clearing (C1); excavation and earthworks (C2); construction of infrastructures (C3); works in aquatic environment (C4); management or wastes and hazardous materials (C5); and transportation, operation, and operation of maintenance machineries (C6). iii) Post-Construction - Demobilization of works and dismantling of temporary facilities (CP1); deconstruction of structures (CP2); works in Ganga River (CP3); and transportation, operation and maintenance of machinery (CP4).
195. The anticipate impacts, their assessment, and mitigation are provided in the succeeding section.
196. Disturbance of tourist, transport, and other commercial activities along the affected banks of the Ganga River. Preconstruction activities PC1, PC2, PC3 and PC4 and post- construction activities CP2 and CP4 will have low, temporary, and localized impacts on the limited recreational, local tourist and transport activities along the affected river banks. Along the northern and southern banks of the project site more particularly the Pipa bridge, numerous piers along the Bakhtiyarpur bank and the Suhai Ram Das and Chandpur Shadap on the other bank. The Contractor, unless exceptional cases, will ensure that travel is unimpeded along the Ganga River.During construction activity C1 is the same, however, during C3 when installation of decks and construction of bridge abutments including river training, partial or total closures of some transport and commercial activities may occur which translates to high, temporary, and localized impacts. The BSRDC and EPC contractor will inform the affected tourist and transport operators on the extent of impact, detours, channel markings, and notices through the concerned government authorities.
197. Disturbance of avifaunal and faunal habitat in Raghopur diara. Several species of migratory birds, turtles, and resident Nilgai are found in diara and impacts attributed preconstruction activity PC1 are average, temporary, and localized. However, during activity PC4 and CP2 predicted impacts are expected to be severe, temporary, and localized. During construction activities C1 and C3 the anticipated impacts will be severe, temporary, and localized. During C3, the EPC Contractor will install temporary structures like cofferdams, jetties, piers which can potentially affect fish and bird habitats, feeding grounds, and shelters. No anticipate impacts are expected during pre-construction activities PC2 and PC3, C2, and C4-C6. The EPC contractor seeking guidance from the local wildlife authorities will ensure that no activities will disrupt the avifaunal, faunal, and reptilian habitats particularly during sensitive breeding and migrating periods. Before the start of work, the EPC Contractor will be 88
transplanted to an area that is not affected by the work. If the activities cannot be avoided, the EPC contractor will implement measures to minimize the disturbance.
198. Disturbance of Ichthyofauna and habitats. There will be a temporary but significant adverse, temporary, but impact of the fish species and downstream habitats along the bridge alignment over the Ganga river during construction activities C1, C2, and C3. Due to increase in runoff from the soil stripping and clearing along the river bank and diara, excavation of contaminated backfill which can leach to the aquatic environment and harm fish health, and sediment resuspension. During post-construction activities CP3 anticipated impacts are low, temporary, and limited as works in the waters may disturb spawning fishes.
199. Temporary but significant adverse impacts on the turtles may result from the stripping of the river bank and diara soils. All areas to be stripped will be provided with and enclosing perimeter fence during the entire duration of the work to ensure turtles do not enter the work area and are captured for relocation in coordination with the local wildlife authorities. Signpost will be installed by the EPC contractor informing both communities and workers on the presence of any protected species in and the immediate work area. Prior to the start of soil stripping, all turtles captured will be relocated in an undisturbed area under the supervision of the local wildlife authorities.
200. The EPC Contactor will take all necessary precautions to prevent the deposition of sediments in the Ganga River. During grubbing, the Contactor will minimize riverbank erosion and limit the exposed soil to the elements. To extent possible, heavy equipment may not operate within 20 meters from the high water mark. The EPC Contractor will not carryout earthwork or excavation along the banks of the Ganga River during high flood and monsoon season. All drainage ditches will be diverted towards stable vegetated area or when not available to structures that will trap sediments before discharge. To control the sediment flow the contractor will install geotextile sediment barriers, as a temporary measure, regularly remove collected materials, and remove once the section is properly stabilized. To minimize the risk of erosion, the EPC Contractor will: i) minimize cleared land exposed to the elements in terms of area and durarion; ii) before an area is exposed, inform the BSRDC on the location, area, duration, and route to be cleared/stripped; iii) intercept all surface runoff originating from outside the work area and direct to stabilized vegetated area or sedimentation structures (e.g. geotextile; iv) solidly stabilize all slopes in compliance to specifications; v) prior to work suspension during high flood/monsoon, preventive soil stabilization must be completed in accordance with specifications. The release of untreated wastes, oil, chemicals, and other similar chemicals is strictly prohibited. Parking, refueling, mechanical inspection and repairs, and storage areas must be located at least 100 meters away from any water body. Dewatering of excavations and cofferdams must be discharged into a sedimentation basin10 or natural vegetated area for filtering. The EPC during the entire period of construction work will monitor the contamination of the receiving water.
201. Loss of heritage and archeology. There is a potential severe irreversible adverse impact during soil stripping particularly in the southern bank covering the bridge approach during construction activities C1, C2, and C3 may disturbed buried archeological remains. The EPC contract will conduct archeological surveys in the areas affected by the work. Based on the survey, the EPC Contractor will make available an archeologist during soil stripping on areas that were identified in the survey to have high potential for buried artifacts. All chance find
10 Must be designed based on entry and exit flows, cleaned when 50% full, and in case of natural filters must have graminaceous field, obtain prior approval from land owner, 89
artifacts will be handled as detailed in the FIDIC and other requirements of the State Archeological Department.
202. Increase in noise level. During preconstruction activity PC1 anticipated impacts will have medium intensity, temporary, and localized, but will have high intensity during activity PC2, and none during activities PC3 and PC4. The movement of equipment and machinery will have temporary high impact on the sound environment as noise will increase in the detour roads particularly near community areas of Kacchi Darga. The EPC contractor will respect applicable noise day and night time standards and will implement appropriate measures when exceeded including but not limited to: i) prohibiting work at night, ii) plan the noisiest work in daytime, iii) prohibit certain types of equipment near noise-sensitive area, iv) promote quieter working methods like sound proofing and use of electric equipment, v) use good quality mufflers, vi) ensure equipment in good working order, vii) limit the power output of equipment to what is required, viii) limit amount of equipment to minimum required, ix) install noise alarms. The EPC Contractor may use temporary stationary or mobile noise barriers around site and equipment, install acoustic sheets/curtains, increase distance between noisy equipment and sensitive noise receptor.
203. Potential mortality of Nilgai and Turtles in Raghopur Diara. Foraging Nilgai and nesting turtles will be protected by installing necessary perimeter fences around temporary structures and worksites which will be removed when no longer needed. Trapped or captured Nilgai and turtles will be relocated in habitats outside the project site as approved by the local wildlife authorities. During PC1, there will be a potential severe, temporary, and limited in scope impacts.
204. Temporary increase in dust. During pre-construction stage activities PC1 and PC2, construction activities C5 and C6, and post-construction CP3 and CP4. it is anticipated that average, temporary, and localized impact on the air quality stage of construction, increase in dust mostly from transport of materials, and accidental fires and burning of waste due to poor management of volatile materials. Excavation, clearing, demolition, and from storage piles will exposed soil and other granular materials that are prone to low, temporary and limited erosion and can lead to airborne dust particularly during dry season. The EPC Contractor will stabilized all work areas, particularly side slopes, immediately after work is completed. All demolished materials will be re-used for backfilling or recycled (steel and wood) and if residuals are disposed in approved sites. While vegetation has not fully established on exposed soils, the EPC Contractor will implement temporary erosion and sedimentation measures to include scarification or harrowing before seeding. Sediment barriers as discussed earlier may also be used. The EPC Contractor will ensure that National Ambient Air Quality Standards for PM10 and PM2.5 are complied. In case of exceedance, the EPC Contactor will implement measures to include: installation of tarpaulins around the work area emitting dust, covering piles with geotextile, covering all haul trucks, avoid transporting of materials across residential areas, all vehicles secured Pollution Under Control Certificates, regular sprinkling of water, and temporary paving of haul roads. Fires and burning of wastes shall be strictly prohibited at all times.
205. Increase in Ganga River turbidity of Ganga River. Construction activities PC1 and C1, C2, C4, C6, and CP3, and CP4, in the bridge approaches and Diara can pose low, temporarily, and regional increase turbidity which will have effect extending several kilometers downstream that may degrade habitats of fish and migratory birds. The risk of leaks from machineries operating near the Ganga river and the change in water quality may degrade fish habitat, migratory birds, and Gangetic dolphin will have average, temporary, and localized. The EPC Contractor will demonstrate that no further increase in the sediment load to the Ganga by 90
installing turbidity curtain, adjusting working methods, employing suitable construction method, dispose all excavated materials at designated sites, prohibit earthworks or excavation during high flood and monsoon periods, divert all drainage ditches towards vegetated area or structures to control sediment, and identifying all sources of suspended solids. All pumped water must meet all applicable GoI water quality standards prior to disposal. The EPC Contractor will take all necessary precautions to prevent fine particulate matter to enter the Ganga River to include but not limited to: i) install turbidity curtains, ii) adjust working methods, iii) identify sources of suspended solids, iv) install geo-textile, v) avoid damaging to local drainage system, vi) install berm filters and sediment traps, and vii) settling basins. Further, the EPC Contactor will: i) maintain all equipment in good working order to avoid leaks, ii) keep vehicle maintenance log and made available during inspection and monitoring, iii) implement emergency response to control spill, iv) in case of spills, immediately inform downstream users that may be affected, and v) immediately stop the source of spill, vi) use vegetable oil in machineries that are used for long period near or on the Ganga river. All post-construction activities will pose low, temporary, and localized impacts due to: i) site remediation may re- suspend sediment and deteriorate water quality, ii) cuttings and debris from dismantling of decks may fall on the river, and iii) use of barges and other equipment. The release of any debris, concrete residues, and damp mortar is prohibited and any accidental release shall be immediately recovered. The EPC Contractor where possible, will restore demobilized areas into its natural state using native species and natural slopes equivalent to its natural state before work began.
206. Deterioration of groundwater. Potential environmental impacts during construction activities PC2, C2, C5, C6, and CP2-4 is average to low, temporary, and limited. Leachate from excavated contaminated soils, accidental oil and fuel spills, and temporary storage and disposal at unauthorized sites could affect the groundwater quality. During this activities, the EPC Contractor will ensure all vehicles and construction equipment are leak free of oil and fuel. All haul trucks will have basic spill containment equipment and all operators understand containment procedures. When dewatering excavations, pump out water should comply with applicable GoI standards prior to final disposal. No disposal of construction will be allowed within 100 meters from any water body. Groundwater will be monitored for possible contamination from the construction activities.
207. Deterioration of soil and sediment quality. Oil spills during pre-construction activity PC2 is low, temporary, and limited site that could affect the soil and sediment quality particularly on agricultural land on the Bidupur side including the diara. During construction activity C1, it will be average, permanent, and limited as soil stripping and land clearing will leave the soil exposed and cause erosion while piling of contaminated soil will contaminate underlying soils. During construction activity C2, excavation and earthworks will result to more soils being exposed causing average, temporary, and localized environmental impacts. When works shift to the aquatic environment when the piers for the main bridge are constructed may cause remobilization of contaminated sediments causing high, temporary, but localized environmental impacts and finally the management of wastes and hazardous materials C5 will have average, permanent, and limited environmental impacts from the temporary storage and disposal at unauthorized sites will have adverse impacts on the soil quality. Post construction activities will pose low, permanent to temporary, limited environmental impacts if contaminants are left on the site during CP1, excavated contaminated materials left the contractor will be managed by the BSRDC, and accidental spills from the transport of materials and equipment. These impacts will be avoided by proper maintenance of all construction vehicles to prevent oil leaks and other pollutants. No vehicle found to be leaking oil will be allowed inside the project site and all vehicle shall maintain a maintenance log. All toxic chemicals and hazardous substances such 91
as oil, lubricants, paint, bitumen, gasoline, and paints including their containers and contaminated soil from dredging and excavation shall be managed in compliance with the Hazardous Waste Rule, 1989 and the respective material safety data sheet. The operations area must be free from all wastes at any time, including empty containers unless they are properly stored in a designated area. No accumulation of waste is allowed within 100 meters from any water body. If excavation, filling, and grading is required during site mobilization particularly near on along the Ganga River, there is a high risk of contamination and dispersion downstream. The contractor will take all necessary precautions to prevent the deposition of sediments in the Ganga River including its tributaries which may include the use of silt curtains. The EPC Contactor will establish a method, like installation of cofferdams or protective curtains, that will limit the resuspension of contaminated sediments during pier construction. All exposed soil from the site mobilization and increased erosion will require the EPC Contractor to: i) dispose excavated material at designated sites, ii) divert drainage ditches towards stable vegetated areas or control structures to control sediment like geotextile, straw bale filters, sediment traps and berms from reaching natural water bodies until such time the exposed soil is stabilized, iii) other simple engineering measures depending on the soil type like construction of small channels in the traverse slopes, at the base of the slopes to collect and control run-off; interceptor ditch at the top of the slope; notching the slope by the use of tractors following the slope contour and perpendicular to the incline. All organic topsoil stripped shall be stored for re- use. If contaminated soils were discovered in the work area, the EPC Contractor will temporarily store on impermeable membrane like geotextile membrane to prevent leaching and its transport and disposal shall be under the strict supervision of the SPCB. All pump out water from excavations will be treated to comply with applicable standards prior final disposal. Excavated materials that cannot be removed during post-construction stage will be temporarily stored in waterproof surface and covered for protection against the elements. All temporary structures in the water courses shall be stabilized against erosion.
208. Encroachment on private lands, buildings, and other infrastructures. Storage areas and access roads may require temporarily encroachment of private properties from the relocation of power lines during pre-construction activities PC1 and PC3; construction activities C2, C3, C4, and C6 from damage to haul roads, damage to neighboring lands near excavation sites, soil compaction and vibration from movement of heavy equipment and machineries, traffic congestion on local road networks, and overall dirtying the immediate environment surrounding all construction activities; and post-construction activities CP2 de-construction of structures. Associated environmental impacts from these activities are expected to be low, temporary, and localized impacts. The EPC Contactor will minimize the encroachment of detours on private lands and any temporary use or encroachment will be supported by a written agreement and with the land/structure owner consistent with the provisions in the resettlement framework. BSRDC will facilitate the availability of all relevant maps showing all underground utilities. Vibration monitoring shall be implemented by the EPC Contractor to ensure that no damage to nearby structures and following limits are observed: i) <25mm/s for residential, commercial, and other buildings; ii) 50 mm/s for water wells; iii) 5 mm/s near fresh concrete < 24 hours curing; iv) 25 mm/s for concrete >24 hrs but < 72 hours; and v) 50 mm/s >72 hours. To minimize traffic congestion, the BSRDC will identify alternate traffic routes and temporary parking areas near the worksite. The EPC Contractor shall remove all loose materials and other debris from all streets used by its vehicles on a daily basis. BSRDC, Upon completion, the EPC contractor will remove all equipment, materials, scrap, waste, gravel, stones, wood, clear obstructed water courses, repair or rebuild damage structures such as fences, ensure all disposal sites are not disfigured. 92
209. Loss of vegetation. Possible temporary loss of vegetation to accommodate storage areas, access roads, production facilities, and Roghupur diara during PC1. All trees will be compensated at 1:3. All trees to be cut shall be properly marked by the forest authorities and permission shall be secured prior to cutting. For trees to be retained by ensuring land and root zones are not damaged and leaf are not mutilated. Any tree branch that will interfere with the construction activities shall be trimmed to prevent damage to equipment.
210. Nuisance due to traffic: During this stage of pre-construction PC2 and construction activity C6 will cause temporary traffic changes to include lane changes in the affected national, state, and municipal roads which may experience partial closures as equipment, materials, and temporary structures are transported or built. Areas to be affected includes the Patna- Bakhtiyarpur diverted NH-30 lane, Patna-Mokama Main Line Rail-over-Bridge, Old NH30/Loknayak Path, Mehnar Junction and Chak Sikander, Hajipur-Samastipur Main Line RoB, and NH-103 to Paswan Chowk (on NH-19). Depending on the EPC Contractor’s work schedule, mobilization on this area may not occur at the same time.
211. Ship traffic along the Ganga River. As the Inland Waterway No. 1, the section of the Ganga River immediately along the project has substantial vessel traffic. During PC1, Expected impact will be low, temporary, but regional. However, during the piers, footings, and foundations construction of the main bridge C3, the anticipated impacts will be high, temporary, and regional and there may be temporary closure of the water way. The EPC Contractor will secure a memorandum of agreement or permission from the Inland Waterway Authority of India detailing partial/full closure requirements, advance notification on affected transport activities, and coordinate enforcement with concerned authorities.
212. Utilities shifting. Temporary structures particularly the materials processing plants will require connection and maybe relocation of existing lines which will cause temporary closure or diversion of traffic. This may result to low, temporary, and localized impacts during PC3. The EPC Contractor will, during and after the work, will take necessary measures to facilitate traffic along the affected roads including detours through: i) work signage as provided in IRC 055- 2014 “Guidelines on Traffic Management in Work Zones”, ii) always ensure safe passage of road users, and iii) maintain access to properties along the active construction front, iv) use mobile message signs when necessary. The EPC Contractor will inform the public of the works and detours that will take place including alternate routes.
213. Hydrology and hydraulics. Works on the Ganga River C4, like construction of piers will change the hydraulic regime and will have low, permanent, and localized impacts. The EPC Contractor before the start of construction will conduct flow regime modeling to predict the potential impacts and implement additional mitigation measures to ensure that flow and velocity conditions will not change significantly to cause adverse impacts on Gangetic dolphin migration and streambank erosion.
214. Impacts on ichthyofauna and river habitat. Adverse, temporary, and regional impacts during activity (A); average, temporary, and local during (B); and average, temporary, and localized in (E) are expected during the entire construction phase. Sediment runoff along the riverbank and contamination from back fill will disturb fish habitats and fish health. The EPC Contractor will: i) take all necessary precautions
93
VI. CLIMATE CHANGE RISK AND ADAPTATION FOR GANGA BRIDGE
215. The proposed Ganga Bridge, like other bridge projects are directly exposed during events of high water levels where accessibility could be affected from frequent storms11. The immediate project area is prone to riverine flooding the most recent event occurred in 2003 when the HFL surpassed the 1994 record of 50.27m. The project area is classified as having extreme mortality risk from flooding with flood frequency of more than50 events/100 years.
A. Review of Related Literature
216. Simulated Projections for Summer Monsoon Climate over India by a high-resolution Regional Climate Model (PRECIS), (K. Krishna Kumar, et al, August, 2011). Impact of global warming on the Indian monsoon climate was examined using Hadley Centre’s high resolution regional climate model, PRECIS (Providing REgional Climates for Impact Studies). Three simulations from a 17-member Perturbed Physics Ensemble generated using Hadley Center Coupled Model (HadCM3) for the Quantifying Uncertainty in Model Predictions (QUMP) project, were used to drive PRECIS. The PRECIS simulations corresponding to the IPCCSRES A1B emission scenario were carried out for a continuous period of 1961–2098. The model showed reasonable skill in simulating the monsoon climate over India. The climate projections were examined over three time slices, viz. short (2020s, i.e. 2011–2040), medium (2050s, i.e. 2041– 2070) and long (2080s, i.e. 2071–2098). The model projections indicated significant warming over India towards the end of the 21st century as follow:
Towards the end of the 21st century (2071–2098) all three simulations indicate a significant rise in the mean annual surface air temperature (~ 4°C) over India. The analysis of temperature extremes indicates that both the daily maximum and minimum temperatures may be intense in the future under global warming conditions.
The summer monsoon precipitation over India is expected to be 9–16% more in 2080s compared to the baseline (1970s, i.e. 1961–1990) under global warming conditions. However on a smaller regional scale, some regions may experience slightly lower rainfall compared to the baseline period.
217. Sub-Basin Scale Characterizations of the Changes of the Future Rainfall over the Ganges River Basin using High Resolution Regional Climate Model, (Md. Raqubul Hasib, et al, September, 2014). An attempt has been made in this study to define the rainfall features of Ganges basin under moderate climate change scenario. The river basin has diversified climatic patterns. The Ganges river basin was divided into 14 major sub basins. The impact of climate change over Ganges was observed using Hadley Center’s regional Climate model, PRECIS (Providing REgional Climates for Impact Studies). PRECIS simulation was carried out corresponding to SRES A1B scenario for a time period of 1971-2099. PRECIS generated rainfall showed deviation from observed rainfall therefore simulated rainfall were corrected with respect to observed rainfall for impact studies. In this particular study PRECIS generated rainfall time series was bias corrected with respect to rainfall data of Indian Meteorological Department. The climate projections were examined over three time slices, viz. near (2020s, i.e. 2011– 2040), farther (2050s, i.e. 2041–2070) and transient (2080s, i.e. 2071–2099). The Analysis indicated that monsoon rainfall increases 0.01% at 2020’s, 5.5% at 2050’s and 7.3% at 2080’s. Probability of rainfall extreme over Ganges basin such as maximum 1 day rainfall, count of
11 http://en.klimatilpasning.dk/sectors/buildings/climate-change-impact-on-buildings.aspx 94
consecutive rainfall days shows increasing trend, on the other hand number of rainfall event (>20 mm) on monsoon season shows decreasing trend.
218. Impacts of Water Infrastructure and Climate Change on the Hydrology of the Upper Ganges River Basin (IWMI Research Report 142, 2011). This study assessed the variability of flows under present and ‘naturalized’ basin conditions in the Upper Ganges Basin (UGB) (area of over 87,000 square kilometers (km2)). The naturalized basin conditions are those that existed prior to the development of multiple water regulation structures, and hence may be seen as a reference condition, a starting point, against which to evaluate the impacts of planned basin development, as well as the impacts of future climate change (CC) on basin water resources. The later impacts are also part of the study: the PRECIS regional climate model (RCM) was used to generate climate projections for the UGB, with subsequent simulations of future river flows.
219. Results showed that the annual average precipitation, actual evapotranspiration (ET) and net water yields of the whole basin were 1,192 millimeters (mm), 416 mm and 615 mm, respectively. However, there were large variations in both temporal and spatial distribution of these components. Precipitation, ET and water yields were found to be higher in the forested and mountainous upper areas of the UGB. On an annual average, present-day flows throughout the UGB were about 2-8% lower than in naturalized conditions. The percentage of flow reduction was the highest during the dry months as water was withdrawn for irrigation.
220. Dry and wet season flows under CC scenario A2 (scenario corresponding to high population growth with slower per capita economic growth and technological change) are lower than those in present climate conditions at upstream locations, but higher at downstream locations of the UGB. Flows under CC scenario B2 (corresponding to moderate population growth and economic development with less rapid and more diverse technological change) are systematically higher and lower than those under CC scenario A2 during dry and wet seasons, respectively. The dates of minimum daily discharges are highly variable among stations and between different CC scenarios, while the dates of maximum flow are delayed downstream as a result of the delay in the onset of the monsoon in the lower parts of the basin. The report also provides actual simulated discharge time series data for all simulated scenarios, in the overall attempt to augment the river flow data for this important river basin and to facilitate the use of these data by any interested party.
221. Climate Change in India, A 4x4 Assessment – A Sectoral and Regional Analysis for 2030s; Indian Network for Climate Change Assessment, INCCA Report #2, November 2010. INCCA is a network-based programme that brings together over 120 institutions and over 220 scientists from across India to undertake scientific assessments of different aspects of climate change assessment. Covering agriculture, forest, health and water sectors the assessment focuses on 4 eco-sensitive regions of the country, namely, the Himalayan region, the North- Eastern region, the Western Ghats and the Coastal regions, each having a very distinctive bio- diversity. The climate change scenarios are based on A1B socio-economic scenarios of the IPCC that assumes significant innovations in energy technologies, which improve energy efficiency and reduce the cost of energy supply.
222. Indian annual mean temperature showed significant warming trend of 0.51oC per 100 year, during the period 1901–2007. Accelerated warming was observed in the recent period 1971–2007, mainly due to intense warming in the recent decade 1998–2007. This warming was mainly contributed by the winter and post-monsoon seasons, which had increased by 0.80°C and 0.82°C in the last hundred years respectively. The pre-monsoon and monsoon 95
temperatures also indicate a warming trend. For India as a whole, frequency of hot days showed a gradual increasing trend and frequency of cold days shows a significant decreasing trend during the pre-monsoon season over the period 1970–2005.
223. Trend analysis of 1-day extreme rainfall series based on the period 1951-200, indicated that these extreme rainfall amounts are increasing at many places in India. This observation is based on analysis of highest rainfall recorded from 1000 stations across India for the period 1951-2007 at a resolution of 1ox1o. These results were in good agreement to that of Roy and Balling (2004), who reported overall increase in extreme rainfall events and their intensities during the period 1901-2000.
224. The vulnerability assessment with respect to the possible future floods was carried out using the daily outflow discharge taken for each sub-basin. These discharges were analyzed with respect to the maximum annual peaks. It was observed that all the regions in India show an increase in the flooding varying between 10 to over 30% of the existing magnitudes. This poses very severe implication for the infrastructure such as dams, bridges, roads, etc., and shall require appropriate adaptation measures to be taken up.
B. Predicted High Flood Level
Table 39: Modeling Annual Maximum Flood at Gandhighat Station, Patna
Source: CWC, Patna
96
225. The annual maximum (AM) flood discharges recorded through 48 years (1965 2012) of the River Ganga at Gandhighat station in Patna is presented in Table 39. The highest measured flood flow of 83,000m3/s was recorded in 1994, while the lowest of 15,000 m3/s was recorded in 2010. The 48-year mean instantaneous flood flow is 44,485m3/s with a standard deviation of 16,716m3/s. Figure 6.1 shows the annual maximum floods with a 5-year moving average trend smoothed to highlight significant changes in the trend.
Figure 6.1 The Annual Maximum Discharge Series of River Gnaga (1965-2012) at Gandhighat Station, Patna (Source: CWC Patna) 90000 80000 70000 60000 50000 40000
30000 Flood Discharge,Flood m3/s 20000 10000 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015
226. A group of statistical functions used in Indian rivers (Table 5.1 include the: Log Pearson Type III, Gumbel, Log-Normal, and Generalized Extreme Value (GEV)) is fitted to the annual maximum (AM) series, and the resulting curve is used to estimate the magnitude of flows of a given return period. Using EasyFit software Ver. 5.6 Professional (2014) the GEV seems to be the best-fit as per the statistics summary below.
Figure 6.2 Probability Density Function 0.16
0.14
0.12
0.1
0.08
0.06
f(x) = Probability = Density f(x) Function 0.04
0.02
0 16000 24000 32000 40000 48000 56000 64000 72000 80000 AM Flood
Histogram Gumbel Max Lognormal Gen. Extreme Value Log-Pearson 3 ↓
97
Fitting Results Goodness of Fit # Distribution Parameters Kolmogorov Anderson Chi-Squared
Smirnov Darling
k=- # Distribution 1 Gen. Extreme Value Statisti Ran Statisti Ran Statisti Ran 0.19841 σ=16195.0 μ=37840.0 c k c k c k
2 Gumbel Max σ=13034.0 μ=36962.0 Gen. Extreme Valu 0.0850 0.2700 0.5820 1 1 1 1
e 3 5 7 α=15.862 β=- 3 Log-Pearson 3 0.10324 γ=12.264 0.1344 0.9129 2 Gumbel Max 3 4 3.3157 4 3 2 4 Lognormal σ=0.40685 μ=10.626 0.1060 0.3208
3 Log-Pearson 3 2 2 2.3193 3 8 8
0.1388
4 Lognormal 4 0.6096 3 1.1144 2 2
C. Testing for Non-Stationarity
227. The change in a variable over a given period of time is often described with the slope of a linear trend. Trends are the simplest component of climate change and provide information on the first-order changes over the time domain considered. This implies that the physical mechanisms behind the detected trends remain unknown. The calculated trends represent changes that can be due to natural internal processes within the climate system and/or external forcing, which can either be natural, such as solar irradiance and volcanic aerosols, or anthropogenic, such as greenhouse gases.
228. Statistical methods are used to estimate the trend, together with some measure of uncertainty. Amongst others, Smith (2008) provides more information on the basic statistical model for a linear trend and the complications that arise from climate data being auto-correlated (not independent). Here, by change-point analysis, two distinct trends; a positive trend from 1964-2003, and a downward trend after are discernible. The trend is charted in Figure 6.3, and a change-point after year 2003, may suggest varying hydrological phenomenon responsible for generating flood events, or regulation of water at upstream Ganga River.
98
229. The most common nonparametric tests for working with time series trends are the Mann- Kendall and Spearman’s rho tests. The Mann-Kendall test is the most common one used by researchers in studying hydrologic time series trends. The software XLStat (2015) has been employed here to detect trends if any in the AM series given in Table 6.1, and the results aerw as follow:
230. The indicates existence of non-stationarity in the annual maximum flood series of the Ganga River at Patna and that traditional iid presumed methods cannot be applied with reasonable confidence.
6.3 GEV Fit (under Stationarity) for observed Annual Max Discharges of the Ganga River
The GEV Distribution (cdf) is:
1 푥−휇 − 퐺퐸푉(푥, 휇, 휎, 휉) = exp{−[1 + 휉( )] 휉} 휎
푥−휇 Where, 1 + 휉( ) > 0; and, μ = location parameter, σ = scale parameter and ξ = shape parameter 휎
231. Using the extRemes toolkit (Ver.2.9.2), a GEV distribution has been fitted to annual maximum discharge series of the Ganga River at Patna. The parameters of the simulated data from GEV Distribution without trend is given below
GEV fit L-moments (stationary case) estimates Location (μ): 0.005511165 Scale (σ): 1.065316 Shape (ξ): -0.000101106
Likelihood ratio test (5% level) for ξ=0 does not reject Gumbel hypothesis. Likelihood ratio statistic is 0.002057116 < 3.841459 1 df chi-square critical value.
p-value for likelihood-ratio test is 0.963824
99
Simulated Data from GEV Distribution with Trend in Location Parameter
232. To simulate a GEV distribution with a non-constant location parameter of the form μ(t) = μ0 + μ1t, where μ0 = 0 and is based on a discernible trend from 1965-2003 with μ1 = 0.03. The following probability and return level plots are shown in the succeeding Table.
GEV Fit Non-Stationarity (Linear Trend in Location) L-moments (Non-stationary case) estimates Location (μ): 0.1698266 Scale (σ): 1.031883 Shape (ξ): 0.09348973
Likelihood ratio test (5% level) for ξ=0 does not reject Gumbel hypothesis. Likelihood ratio statistic is 0.5138502 < 3.841459 1 df chi-square critical value.
p-value for likelihood-ratio test is 0.4734769
Figure 6.4 GEV Fit, Non-Stationary, Ganga River at Patna
D. Return Periods vs. Return Levels
233. With the L-moments estimated parameters simulated from GEV shown in boxes 6.2 & 6.3 above, the T-year return periods by GEV can be estimated using the following equation (6.1). The results are given in Table 6.2 and Figure 6.5 below.
휎 푇−1 푋 = 휇 + ( ) {1 − (−log( )휉} (6.1) 푖 휉 푇
100
Table 40: % Change for Estimated Maximum Discharge Return Period, years Estimated Max Discharge, m3/s % Change T Stationary Non-Stationary (linear change in location parameter) Stationary → Non-Stationary 10 58,562 64,049 9.37% 20 68,100 73,262 7.58% 50 77,250 82,093 6.27% 100 89,093 94,127 5.65% 200 97,968 103,062 5.20% 500 106,811 111,905 4.77%
Figure 6.5 Return Level vs. Return Period
130
120
Non-Staionarity (Linear Trend in Location Parameter) Thousands 110 y = 12507ln(x) + 35286 R² = 0.9941 100
90
80
70 Stationarity (No Trend)
Estimated Max. Flood (cms) Flood Discharge Max. Estimated y = 12581ln(x) + 29855 60 R² = 0.9946
50 10 100 1000 Return Period, Years
E. Design Flood for River Ganga at Patna
234. Considering that the Ganga River system is very complex with many regulation systems upstream and that critical floods are generated by monsoon onslaughts, the question as to how to incorporate the effect of climate change in the variables and assumptions will remain a contentious matter. In the light of uncertainties created by climate change, among other things, much literature advice that the calculation assumptions and procedures be revised regularly and comparisons made continuously between actual flood occurrences and calculated design floods. However this is an ongoing process amongst researchers.
235. The WMO’s WCDMP-No.72, 2009 (Guidelines on Analysis of Extremes in a Changing Climate in Support of Informed Decisions for Adaptation), mentions that changes in extremes can be assessed by using extreme value theory and calculating extreme quantiles for different periods of time (both in the past and future) or by using more advanced methods in which the parameters of the statistical models vary over time to describe the temporal evolution of the 101
extremes. Thus, using the extRemes toolkit, and with a linear trend in location parameter, Figure 6.4 depicts the shift in return levels. The 100-year flood turns out to be near 150-year flood by this method considering non-stationarity of the annual maximum flood data series. Conversely, if stationarity was to be taken for granted, the 100-year flood translates to a 65-year flood under non-stationarity.
F. Adaptation Measure
1. Design discharge
236. Various methods are followed in practice for determination of design discharge. The feasibility study report indicate two methods were chosen for the detailed analysis. There are three bridges constructed in the vicinity of the proposed bridge and all have shown satisfactory performance till now. Further, there are two bridges under construction, and one gauge discharge site wherein long records of discharges are available.
237. Therefore, it is reasonable to take a cognizance of all the design discharge values selected for these Bridges and the maximum discharge values observed at the gauge discharge site. It is indicated that while deciding the design discharge of the proposed Bridge, statistical processes for extrapolation of maximum discharges were used and the discharges observed in rivers Ganga and Gandak were considered while arriving at the design discharge for the proposed Bridge.
238. The design discharge for the proposed Bridge is finalised as 106,839 cum/ s. When compared to the design discharge of Mahatma Gandhi Setu of 96,277 cum/s, and the design discharge of rail cum road bridge at Patna, of 97,000 cum/s. the proposed design discharge appears within reasonable limits. However, further analysis is made to look in to the dependency on the computed design discharge. The observed highest discharges of rivers Ganga and Gandak are added and the design discharge of (81,839+25,000=) 1,06,839 cum/s is arrived at. Using the peak flood data, RITES worked out the 100 year flood frequency for the two rivers. Addition of the estimated discharges of the two rivers works out to (96,919+20,620=) 1,17,539 cum/s. If the flood peaks would coincide, then the above two values may have to be chosen for deciding the design discharge. However, the floods of rivers Ganga and Gandak do not coincide. As the catchments of the two rivers are far apart, and the time of travel of floods would also be different, the coincidence of the floods at the Bridge is normally not possible. Mahatma Gandhi Setu was designed for a discharge of 96,277 cum/s. There is no major contribution of discharge from any river between Mahatma Gandhi Setu and the proposed bridge. The hydraulic performance of Mahatma Gandhi Setu is quite satisfactory. Therefore, the design discharge of the proposed bridge could also be the same. However, with the projected increase in flood flows due to climate change, which was estimated at 94,127 m3/s, the 106,839 m3/s is acceptable.
239. Such increase in the design discharge in the downstream direction, two design discharges, are found on other places. On river Yamuna at Delhi, the Wazirabad Barrage was constructed in the year 1958-60 has a design discharge of 7,080 cum/s. Structures constructed later like the road Bridge at Humayun tomb has a design discharge of 8,495 cum/s. Various methods are followed in practice for determination of design discharge. The reports indicate that two methods were chosen for the detailed analysis. There are three bridges constructed in the vicinity of the proposed bridge and all have shown satisfactory performance till now. Further, there are two bridges under construction, and one gauge discharge site wherein long records of discharges are available. 102
240. Therefore, it is reasonable to take a cognizance of all the design discharge values selected for these Bridges, the maximum discharge values observed at the gauge discharge site, and the projected impact of climate change on Ganga River floodflow. It is indicated that while deciding the design discharge of the proposed Bridge, statistical processes for extrapolation of maximum discharges were used and the discharges observed in rivers Ganga and Gandak were considered while arriving at the design discharge for the proposed Bridge.
103
VII. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
A. Introduction
241. This chapter presents the symmetrically compared feasible alternatives to the proposed project with respect to location, site, design, technology etc. Various alternatives considered for the proposed Ganga Bridge Project are: ‘With’ and ‘Without’ Project Alternative Alternative for Bridge Alignment/Location Alternatives for Landing/Approach Roads and Connecting Roads Alternatives for Bridge Design i.e. type of bridge, superstructure, piers and type of foundation etc. Alternatives for Construction Methods/Technologies
242. This chapter discusses how environmental parameters were assigned due importance and were carefully considered in the analysis of alternatives.
B. ‘With Project’ and ‘Without Project’ Scenario
1. ‘With Project’ Scenario
243. The ‘with Project’ scenario includes construction of a green field 6-lane bridge between Kacchi Dargah (NH-30) to Bidupur (NH-103 ) in District Vaishali in the state of Bihar. The ‘with project’ scenario has been assessed to be economically viable and will alleviate the existing conditions. It would thereby, contribute to the development goals envisaged by the Government of Bihar as well as Government of India, and enhance the growth potential of the state and state as a whole. There will be reduction in travel time as well as better connectivty to Vaishali District with construction of new bridge. Traffic movement will improve and congestion will be reduced at existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu which is 15 km u/s to the proposed bridge. The project will further provide direct connectivity in between NH-30 and NH-103. Also there will be saving in fuel and reduction in CO2 emission.
2. ‘Without Project’ Scenario
244. In the case of ‘without project’ scenario the traffic will continue to use existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu. Considering the present traffic volume and potential for growth in near future, the capacity of the present bridge is insufficient for handling expected traffic volume and calls in for immediate improvements. Traffic congestion occurs frequenlty due to heavy traffic load at the existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu which cause frequent jam on the existing road.
245. The economic activity will remain static and local and will improve only at a laggard pace. Development activity will be greatly hampered due to inadequate connectivity. Environmental quality will further deteriorate due to pollution and high emission from slow traffic movement and congestions. With increase in traffic.
246. Therefore, the no-action alternative is neither a reasonable nor a prudent course of action for the proposed project, as it would amount to failure to initiate any further improvements and impede economic development. Keeping in view the site conditions and the scope of development of the area, the ‘With’ and ‘Without’ project scenarios have been compared as shown in Table 41. By looking at the table it can be concluded that “With” project scenario with 104
positive/beneficial impacts will vastly improve the environment and enhance social and economic development of the region compared to the “Without” project scenario, which will further deteriorate the present environmental setup and quality of life. Hence the “With” project scenario with minor reversible impacts is an acceptable option than the “Without” project scenario. The implementation of the project therefore will be definitely advantageous to achieve the all – round development of the economy and progress of the State. 105
Table 41: Comparison of ‘With’ and ‘Without’ Project Scenario
Sl. No. Component ‘With’ Project Scenario ‘Without’ Project Scenario 1. Traffic Traffic movement will improve and congestion will be reduced at Traffic congestion occurs due to heavy traffic load at Congestion existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu which is 15 km u/s to the the existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu which cause proposed bridge. The project will further provide direct frequent jam on the existing road connectivity in between NH-30 and NH-103. 2. Road Safety There will be a decrease in the number of road accidents after The existing bridge is having heavy traffic load and this new bridge, as there will be adequate space for plying due to inadequate space for playing the vehicles, vehicles to cross and overtake. Also, proper road signage will improper safety arrangements, accident are more be provided for safety and convenience of people. frequent. 3. Environmental The free flow of traffic on the improved highway will improve the Environmental quality will further deteriorate due to Quality environmental quality as the emissions from the plying vehicles pollution and high emission from slow traffic will reduce. There will be temporary increase in dust and movement and congestions. With increase in traffic. emissions during the construction phase only and is reversible. 4. River Temporary impacts on river flora and fauna mostly during Frequent traffic jams and ideling of veihcles will Ecosystem construction phase are expected. cause leakage of oil which will ultimately reach to Temporary impacts on river water quality are expcted. river through runoff casuing river quality degradation. Dueing operation period smooth traffic flow will redcue river water quality degradation. 5. Transportation The proposed bridge will provide better transportation Bad travel quality and inadequate connectivity. Facilities infrastructure to local communities. Also the travel quality will drastically improve on the proposed connecting road. 6. Economic The economy of Bihar state is mainly based on agricultural and The economic activity will remain static and local and Development trading activities. The industrial and agricultural developments will improve only at a laggard pace. have led to higher transport demand. With the higher transport demand and the expansion of the existing business, there is a growing mismatch between the vehicular population and availability of road infrastructure, which has resulted in traffic congestions, deteriorated level of traffic efficiency and road safety in existing bridges. The proposed bridge will enhance various new infrastructure development projects. 7. Development There will be higher potential for development in this area due Development activity will be greatly hampered due to Potential to improvement in access and consequent increase in inadequate connectivity. economic activity. Essential community infrastructures like drainage system, water supply, electricity, transportation etc will come as consequence of current development.
106
C. Alternative Alignments/Locations
247. As part of feasibility extensive field reconnaissance was conducted around Kacchi Dargah, Raghopur and Bidupur, and its approaches by engineering team as well as safeguard teams. Team critically reviewed the maps (topographic, hydrological, watershed, land use) coupled with field visits and consultations to integrate the proposed bridge with approaches on both ends. Accordingly, the approaches are planned to cater for city traffic while ensuring that such traffic does not further congest/enter into the existing narrow road networks in the heart of the Patna city & adjoining area.
248. During the site visit, technical team has studied all the existing road network and junction locations for overall improvement of the approach road connectivity and traffic circulation for overall traffic. NH-30 lies on the southern end of the proposed bridge alignment. On the northern side lies Mehnar road (SH-93) and NH-103, while there exists a PMGSY network within the Raghopur Island. There’s a temporary pontoon bridge connecting Raghopur island with Patna city in lean season. In other seasons boats are the only means of transport. The Raghopur Island is connected to Bidupur only by means of boats.
249. After studying the course of river Ganga, by maps and field reconnaissance, prima facie, three locations were identified as alternatives for bridge locations. These three alternative alignments have been termed as Alternative–I, Alternative-II and Alternative–IIIA & IIIB (Shown in Figure 42).
Figure 42: Project Alignment Options
250. The analysis has been carried out based on the approach connectivity, requirement of land acquisition, environmental and socio-economic aspects. After careful consideration, the Alternative IIIB option has been approved for by BSRDCL for improvement. The comparative analysis was carried out based on various technical and socio-environmental factors as shown in Table 42. 107
Table 42: Comparison of Alternative Alignments for Proposed 6-lane Ganga Bridge at Patna Based on Bureau Study SN Description Alignment–I Alignment–II Alignment-III (A/B) 1. Distance from Existing Pontoon Bridge 2500 M on U/S 450 M on U/S 1900 M D/S South 1600 M 1100 M 800 M Bridging length North 3000 M 1550 M 1100 M 2. (Approx.) Total 4600 M 2650 M 1900 M Viaduct / Embankment on island 5000 M 7500 M 9000 M Feasible Connections on Kachhi Dargah 3. 1100 M 2000 M 1800 M (Approach length) Feasible Connections on Bidupur 4. 5500 M 6000 M 8000 M/7300 M (Approach length) Type of land through which approaches Through open / Built up / Through open / Built up / cultivated Through open / Built up / cultivated 5. to pass. cultivated land land land 6. Ecological issues High Medium Low • Least length on Island • Shorter Bridge length • Shorter Bridge length • Less built-up area on • Least built-up area on island • Least built-up area on Patna end Patna end & on island • South channel stable • South & north channel stable 7. Strength • Closest to Ganga path • Less encroachment to river • Least approach length ecology • South channel stable • Longer bridge length • Longer viaduct on island • Very heavily built-up area on • North channel erosion • More built-up area on Patna end North end & on island prone • Farther from Ganga path • Longest approaches 8. Weakness • Heavily built-up area on • Longer approaches • Farthest from Ganga path North end • Heavily built-up area on north end • Inadequate water-way • North channel less erosion prone • Inadequate waterway
108
D. Alignment Modifications due to Environmental Considerations
251. The selection of the alignment and approach roads has been worked out based on continuous interaction between the engineering design team and safeguard study teams. Various alignment improvement alternatives for the bridge section and approach/connecting roads have been analyzed. The factors considered for evaluation of alternatives are: Encroachment in prestigeous river ecology Flora and fauna likely to be impacted; Productive agricultural land likely to be impacted; Impact on Ganges river and other surface water bodies; Environmental quality. Land availability; Land uses along the alignments; Residential / Commercial structures Impacted; Utilities likely to be impacted; Common property resources likely to be impacted; and Religious structures affected.
E. Engineering / Technological Alternatives
252. The formulation and analysis of engineering alternatives have been undertaken in terms of alternative type of bridges, superstructure of bridges, type of piers, foundations, cross-sections of approach road, highway-design principles (such as embankments for soil erosion and slope protections, minimum width of road ride drainage, adequacy of roadway width at cross drainage structures, minimum gradient, etc.), comparison between type of bridges i.e. balanced cantilever, steel girder, extra dosed; flexible and rigid pavements (cement-concrete built rigid pavement as being environmentally superior then traditional flexible pavement), and selection of environmental friendly road/bridge/foundation construction methods.
253. Bridge Options: The following three options have been considered for the main bridge portion. Table xx present comparison of these three bridges. i. Balanced Cantilever Bridge, ii. Steel Girder Bridge, and iii. Extra-dosed Bridge.
254. Table 43 present the comparison of item wise cost of three superstructures for these three bridge options.
Table 43: Cost Comparison of 6-lane Briage with Three Superstructure Options
109
255. Out of the above options the economical options are Balanced Cantilever Bridge and Extra dosed Bridge. Keeping in view the possibility of further economization based on detailed design and planning the cost options offered by the Extra-dosed bridge option is feasible.
256. Structure Options: The following structural options are being proposed for the 6- lane facility (main bridge) in this reach: i. A bridge of 9500m length extending from km 1/530 on South bank (near Kacchi Dargah) to km11/030 on North bank (Gopalpur ghat near Bidupur) with the entire reach being treated as scourable and navigable. In this structural option the following three types of structural configurations are feasible: a. Steel truss super structure of 2 nos. 3-lane divided carriageway over RCC pier and deep foundations (Drawing no.: RITES/RI/RCED/BSRDCL/GAD-1). b. PSC super structure (balanced cantilever type) 2 nos. 3-lane divided carriageways over the RCC pier and deep foundations. (Drawing no.: RITES/RI/RCED/BSRDCL/GAD-2). c. An Extra-dosed type (PSC super structure) of six lane carriageway over the RCC pier and deep foundations. (Drawing no.: RITES/RI/RCED/BSRDCL/GAD-3). ii. Two independent main bridges (with navigational clearence) over South bank (A-1 to P-14) and North Bank (P-65 to A-2) with high embankment in the diarra with openings for cross-drainage, vehicular, pedestrian, cattle crossings and minor streams. iii. Two independent main bridges (with navigational clearance) over South bank (A-1 to P-14) and North Bank (P-65 to A-2) connected with viaduct spans (non-navigational span and low height) in diarra portion.
257. The general arrangement drawing (GAD) and cross section for preferred option is shown in Figure 43 and 44. 110
Figure 43: General Arrangement Drawing of Preferred Option 3
111
Figure 44: Cross Section Detail of Preferred Option 3
112
VIII. PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
A. Overview of Consultation Processes
258. Extensive consultations and public participations are continuously being made by the BSRDC until the time of report writing. These consultations, in form of meetings, roadside discussions, focus group discussions, and formal hearings are being employed to facilitate informed participation of stakeholders in providing their concerns about the project, achieved a levelled understanding of the activities and components of the project, solicit inputs that will be considered in the project design and institutional arrangement, and ultimately build support towards its successful implementation. Local language with understandable content were utilized in all public consultation.
259. Public consultations were conducted immediately during feasibility study stage of the project development. A total of 5 focus group discussions involving 109 participants were held in Bans Tal, Dilawarpur, Fatehpur, Mohanpur, and Shayampur villages. Overall, the participants supports the projects as it promises better accessibility across the Ganga than the existing Mahatma Gandhi Setu plague with traffic jam and deteriorating structural condition. The following findings were drawn from these consultations: High travel cost across the Ganga, as people resort to informal services for their local travel need. High awareness of the proposed project from local leaders and mass media. People think that the selection of alignment is quite satisfactory. People in general expressed their willingness to pay toll in turns of a good quality bridge in their locality. Due to land acquisition requirement for the project, people perceive that some good quality agricultural land will be lost to the project and affect livelihoods of some farmers. However, people are ready to sacrifice their land or house for this project which will bring development to their locality. The major concerns of the people in terms of land acquisition are proper compensation amount and timely payment of the compensation. No foreseen loss of of major historical monuments or archeological sites due to the project. A major concern is the assurance of government to build good quality road bridge, safe road and transparency in payment of compensation
260. The next round of consultations were launched in line with the environmental impact assessment. This was initiated with a focus group discussion involving consultation subject expert in the field of natural resource and environmental management to solicit comments and suggestions on the likely impact on environment and biodiversity attributable to the proposed project. The discussion involved the following: i) Principal Chief Conservator of Forest, Dept. of Environment & Forests, Govt. of Bihar, ii) Chairman, State Biodiversity Board, iii) Chief Wildlife Warden, Director, Ecology, and iv) Concerned DFOs of Patna and Vaishali. The experts emphasized the need to formulate appropriate action plan for conservation of the Gangetic Dolphins and local / migratory birds in Diara Area.
261. A series of public consultations were conducted from 4th Feb. to 7th Feb. 2015 as detailed in the succeeding Table were considered in the engineering design and environmental management plan.
113
Figure 45: Photographs of Consultations with Stakeholders from Feb. 4-7, 2015
262. Discussion with villagers about the benefit of proposed bridge and the presence of man- animal conflict in village. The villagers informed that their crops of maize, potato, wheat etc. are being destroyed by the Neelgai and Wild Boar. One of the villagers narrated the story of how his 2-3 year old daughter was lifted by Striped Hyaena and thereafter killed. The existance of man- animal conflict causing fears around the villages of Diara area. The villagers were happy about the construction of bridge because that will give them proper connectivity with Patna and Vaishali for day to day work.
Table 44: Summary of Public Consultation with project affected people: Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns Support of local Overwhelming support for the The Detailed Design Team in the EMP to address people for the project. Precautions in the design and layout of the main bridge construction phase impacts proposed environmental mitigation to and the other project components, in a focused manner and project? avoid the various impacts e.g., the approach roads, service on a comprehensive basis. anticipated during the pre- areas, service roads, resettlement construction, construction and sites, etc., will consider the operation stages of the project anticipated adverse impacts. EMP will and to ensure protection of the cover specific measures to follow sensitive locations of the areas. during the construction process in protecting religious and other sensitive locations. Any impact of the During construction and the Sufficient number of trees in several During construction, noise project on the operational stage of the project, rows will be planted and noise barriers to be constructed. sensitive sites noise and vibration will be barriers will be provided to all EMP should cover the (mosque, experienced due to the locations exceeding noise standards. sanctities of sensitive graveyard, movement of high volume of EMP will specifically cover the Locations. school, etc.)? traffic; as a result devotees will sanctities of sensitive locations and be facing disturbances in training will be provided to preserve offering their prayers in them. Contractors will be instructed to religious places. engage in consultations with community leaders before scheduling any construction in those locations. Impact due to loss Affected people should be Social initiative for maintenance of A Livelihood Restoration of agricultural reassured of help from the planted trees will generate alternative Plan should be prepared land. government by way of employment. Borrow-pits could be under RAP generating alternative sources potential sites of aquaculture. APs will of livelihood and employment. be provided with Income Generation Schemes (IGS) for which NGOs will be employed to train APs for future Impact of the By constructing the approach Proper hydrological analysis is being Proper storm water project on water road, local flood flows will be done to design the drainage drainage system to be 114
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns bodies, streams, blocked. Proper design will be structures. Sufficient number of designed. wetlands, required to avoid any localized bridges, culverts, and underpasses drainage system, flood. are proposed in the approach roads etc.
Construction of slope as per international A Greenbelt Development Plan Approach Roads standards and donors’ should be Prepared Soil from dredge and other roads guidelines shall be designed. material to be used in construction Tree plantation in the road and after ensuring that the same is free RTW right-of way will be from contamination undertaken. In addition, several greenbelts along the River bank, in Resettlement Sites and in Service Areas will also be Considered. Soil for alignment construction of the roads will mainly be sourced from dredge materials Borrow pits can bring about alternative means of earnings to the residents of the area through aquaculture. Several social augmentation and enhancement initiatives are being developed under social/resettlement studies; e.g., maintenance of planted trees will generate employment. Compensation for A number of trees to be felled Census of trees has several times Felled trees should be trees to be felled should be correctly counted been done previously and will be provided to APs. during and compensated accordingly. updated by an NGO retained by Moreover, the project construction of BSRDC Ltd. Based upon updated provides for the owners to the bridge. census, the actual number of trees to take away the felled trees be felled will be identified for even after they receive compensating APs. Moreover, the proper compensation. project provides for the owners to take away the felled trees even after they receive proper compensation. Does the Noise, vibration and dust will be Impact of the project upon ambient Monitoring of proposed Project major issues during air, noise quality, soil quality, water environmental parameters create any construction. quality is being assessed through to be carried out Activities problem with collection of primary baseline data. to be checked and ambient air, noise EMP will provide instructions limiting Responsible parties (e.g. quality, soil environmental qualities to comply contractors) penalized if quality, or water with the standards and penalties for not complying with quality? violations. environmental standards. 115
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns
Impact of the Mostly affected will be the The ongoing survey of the ecosystem Impact on aquatic project on the aquatic flora and fauna. of the River Ganges and surrounding environment to be aquatic Migration and spawning of areas will provide key information on assessed and planned to environment Hilsa, ayer, ritha, and variety of mitigating potential impacts. be, minimized or mitigated other fishes. The livelihood of in the EMP. APs to be the fishermen community compensated according to should be taken into the Livelihood Restoration consideration while designing Plan. the bridge over the River Ganges.
Do you have any Soil erosion and geo-hazards Slope protection by designing Preparation of RAP. APs critical issue or should be considered while retaining structures, and vegetation in to be properly concern regarding designing the roads in the unstable batters are considered in the compensated for lost land. the proposed project areas. Land acquisition engineering design. A Resettlement Proper design of drainage project (e.g., should be minimized and Action Plan will be prepared in system. flooding, Char proper compensation should be compliance with harmonized land, split of considered. safeguard requirements. Proper community, compensation will be Designed in the sedimentation, Floods of highest level so far resettlement plan and land siltation, erosion, should be taken into account. acquisition. drainage, access The project needs to consider Quite a significant number of small road, damaged passage of water through roads bridges and culverts have been culvert etc.)? and embankments. proposed in the approach road design. Information will be obtained on specific locations with localized drainage congestion known to the community. consult local Priority to local people, The Project will enhance economic Preference to local people people throughout businesses and contractors development in the Didarganj & should be given for the project for any should be given during the Chaksikandar- Bidupur areas through employment in project localized drainage construction activities and industrial and commercial construction and congestion. employment in service areas development and consequent operation. 116
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns and tourist facilities during employment generation, savings in Operation phases. travel time and easy access to social infrastructure. Effect of Vegetation destruction will An inventory of area specific Inventorization of construction adversely affect the habitats of vegetation and rare species are being endangered and rare on watercourses, rare species and nesting prepared. EMP will provide for species should be carried fish migration, grounds. Impact on fish regeneration of the vegetation prone out plants, health and migration and spawning. Impact to destruction due to the project safety, wildlife on workers’ health and activities and conservation of the rare Fish migration and habitats. safety, and on wildlife habitats. species. There will be no constriction spawning has to be taken Provision of footpaths along the of River during the construction Piling care of during Bridge/ road. in one of the deep channels will be construction. restricted during fish migration season to avoid hindrance or Occupational health safety blockage of fish migration and measures to be adopted spawning. Light refraction will be used in downstream to divert fish movement from the piling channel well ahead of reaching the construction area to the other deep channel. EMP will have requisite provision toward protecting workers’ health and ensuring safety measures and for protection of wildlife habitats in the project area. A total of 3.5m shoulder in each side will be provided in the approach road. Are there other All the participants agreed that EMP will recommend employment of Provision should be made criteria you would the project should start as soon the local people and businesses for ecotourism, like to be as possible. Local people and during construction. Crossing bridge/ Resorts and visitor center. considered local contractors should be road will be through underpasses. In during project employed during construction. addition, adequate junctions are Preference to local people design, designed with district, regional, and in employment during construction and They also enquired about safe other roads. Access from the bridge construction. operation stage Crossing bridge/road by to the regional roads. The project, pedestrians, livestock, etc., when completed, will provide resorts, provision of amusement park, visitor center, etc. tourism facilities, and wildlife museum at the project area.
Resettlement Site Location of market and school Final design of Resettlement Sites Proper design of (model should be separated by a pond. will accommodate such provisions. resettlement sites distribution Housing should be arranged Final design of resettlement sites will that should have plan) according to profession, income try to accommodate such provisions. provisions for all size, and social status. Final design of Resettlement Sites basic amenities Dustbins for local waste will accommodate such provisions. deposition as well as the Final design of Resettlement Sites 117
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns central ones for onward will accommodate such provisions. distribution and disposal to municipal facilities should be provided. APs should not be resettled farthest to their affected sites. Vendors, Concern was expressed by a The Resettlement Team looks after Livelihood Restoration Hawkers, section of the audience about the issue and will make arrangements Plan will address the Hotels and Hotel the fate of vendors, hawkers, for alternative professions for concerns of all vulnerable Workers existing restaurants owners, vulnerable groups. groups. and workers when the bridge will be completed.
Bus and Railway Railway stations, service areas, Will be addressed in the Stations and approach roads should be final design easily reachable by road.
Provision of Construction camps should be First aid and health facilities, All basic requirements and Hospital And self sufficient, inter alia, with ambulance services, and praying amenities to be considered Ambulance health center, ambulance places will be provided for the for construction workers at Services at the services, and religious facilities construction workers. their camps. Construction to avoid any induced pressure Yards on community infrastructure.
Is this Everybody was of the opinion Second formal consultation will be consultation that such consultation on organized in next few days and useful? environment is first of its kind further consultations will be and very useful and they expect recommended in the EIA during further consultations during the construction and operation phases. whole period of the project. Because these are good avenues for the affected community to express their concern to BSRDC Ltd., local administration and the project design consultants General All Participants were in support perception of the project. It was widely about the project believed that the project will and the enhance national and regional awareness about development and create the Proposed opportunities for enhanced project. investment and lead to improvement in livelihood for local peoples. Does the Many teachers were Water will be sprinkled during Reported to BSRDC Ltd. proposed concerned that the proposed construction to minimize dust for immediate 118
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns project have any project will have an adverse pollution. After completion of the action. BSRDC Ltd. site impact on the impact on the Govt. High dredged sand filling, the filling surface engineers shall visit the protected area School & primary school, shall be covered by earlier stored top site and communicated & other sensitive which are close to the project soils without further delay to avoid with the contractors for the receptors such as site. dust generation during wind. Avoid compliance of EMP. Noise mosques, They were concerned, that unnecessary use of horns, alarms, barriers to be installed at graveyard, school, dust and noise pollution could sirens as well as to follow BRTA rules all sensitive locations madrasa, reduce enrolment, and a few and regulations to minimize noise during Construction. historical teachers commented that dust pollution. Rows of trees will be Noise and dust control orarchaeological emitted by the project activities planted to keep the area of free of measures have been sites? is likely to affect a number of such impacts. considered in the EMP. students of the primary school. Care must be taken so that the schools are kept free of such impacts.
Does the A large percentage of No constriction of the Ganges River Proper hydraulic design proposed participants were concerned has been considered in the hydraulic has been considered for project create any that blocking the natural flow of design of the main bridge. Proper the main bridge and problems with the water will definitely cause hydrological analysis has also been drainage structures with water courses (by environmental problems. carried out to design the drainage provision of navigation. blocking water Careful attention should be structures. ways, drainage given, so that there is no harm congestions, caused by the bridge or during navigations the bridge construction etc.)? process. Care should be taken so that there is no loss to navigability or reduction to river flow.
Do you have any Floods, hindrance, drainage Specific locations with localized Sufficient number of critical issue or system, split among drainage congestion known to the underpasses and service concern regarding communities, etc., are community are obtained during the roads are also proposed in the proposed anticipated. Low-lying areas of early stage of the project. Specific the Didarganj (Patna) & Ganga Bridge the immediate surroundings of locations of potential split of Bidupur (Vaishali). Project (e.g., this RS will be inundatedduring communities are obtained. flooding, high floods and cause Measures have been proposed Toe drains are proposed in Chaurland, split of sufferings to the local people toward ensuring a proper drainage the design of RS and SA community, Such a situation needs to be system both within and beyond the to drain water to the local sedimentation, carefully taken into account. RS areas to avoid drainage streams. siltation, erosion, There should be measures for congestions. Flood Control drainage, access flood control and containing Embankment (FCE) is not considered RTWs without provision of road etc.)? bank erosion. The project, to allow normal flood flow and natural FCE are designed properly when implemented will drainage. Bank erosion stopped when to protect bank and control enhance accretion of RTWs (protection works) are river. Chaurland and siltation. implemented. 119
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns
Are you aware of The project will bring about The Project will enhance economic Employment opportunities any information Substantial national development in the area through especially for the PAPs that is vital for the development. The project will industrial growth, tourism, during and after proposed project enhance economic agricultural, and commercial construction are (economic development in the area development and consequent considered in the EMP development, including in Raghopur Diara employment generation, savings in and Income and Livelihood savings in travel which is presently surrounded travel time in between Patna & Restoration Program time, easy access by north & south channel of Vaishali and shall provide easy (ILRP) under SAP. to social Ganga River, minimize travel- access to social infrastructure. The infrastructure)? If time between Patna & Vaishali project will also enhance spread of yes, what are districts and ensure supply of educational facilities. they? utilities, e.g., gas, water, electricity, and accelerate social development. Enhanced business facilities, spread of educational facilities, marketing of local agricultural products to nearby towns.
Have you any Construction phase of the Contractors will be instructed to Mitigation measures concern about the bridge might damage local transport construction materials in a Against damaging of effect of roads due to transportation of manner as to minimize damage to roads, minimizing air and construction on construction materials, cause local roads. Transporting bulk noise pollutions, tree water courses, noise, air and dust pollution, quantities of materials are plantations, restriction of fish migration, and damage the trees in the encouraged through water transport. piling in the deep channel plants, health and surrounding areas. A number of An Inventory of area specific for migration of Fishes. safety, wildlife tree species will be lost. Air and vegetation and rare species are being Habitat of Dolfin shall be habitats, air, dust, noise pollution from project will prepared. EMP will provide for protected through noise and result in enhanced pressure on regeneration of the vegetation prone management plan as vibration? hospitals. to destruction due to the project provided in the EMP. activities and conservation of the rare There will be adverse impact species. upon the availability of Hilsa Piling in all deep channels will be and other fish varieties. restricted during fish migration Appropriate measures should season to avoid hindrance or be taken toward development blockage of fish migration and 120
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns of fish resources of the river spawning. (e.g., creating a fish Bio-Ganga Protected Sanctuary is preservation area at around proposed to compensate habitat loss. 2km from the area adjacent to the bridge).
Are there other Many Participants expressed The project, when completed, will Resorts, ecotourism, criteria you would that Health centres, tourism provide protected sanctuary, eco- protected sanctuary, visitor like to see facilities, haats/ baazars, tourism, resorts, visitor center, etc. centers etc. are considered during stadiums, etc., need to be Access road will be provided for the considered in the project. design, constructed. local community. construction and The design has operation stages The area will be benefited with Considered access and of the project opening of direct service roads those will be (access road, communication with southern linked with the bridge. bridge or culverts, region & northern region of the village market, State divided by River Ganga. health centers, Roads and culverts need to be tourism, wildlife renovated toward facilitating museum etc)? access to bridge access road.
Did you find this All the participants agreed that More consultations will be Consultations and consultation the consultation was necessary recommended in the EIA during grievance redress are useful? and useful. They believed that construction and operation phases of considered in the EMP. seeking public opinion in the project. respect of the project will facilitate the local people in expressing themselves and, hence, help implement the project in the most effective way. Such kind of public consultation will help identify people's concern and ways toward their redress.
121
Issues Participants’ Opinion, Response to Questions Action Taken in Project comments and Suggestions and Concerns Would you like to We would like to involve in tree- EMP is recommending employment Preference to local people be involved in the plantation program under the of the local people (especially PAPs) in employment and implementation of project. I like to work in this and businesses during construction supplier during the project (e.g., project as a local contractor. and operation phases of the project. construction. construction We like to get involved in the worker, local project as labourer. Being a contractor, political personality working for maintenance, wellbeing of the local people, I plantation etc.)? like to participate in the activities related to the construction phase of the project.
General The project will provide Support of local people is very RAP considered Comments employment opportunities of important for the implementation of Proper compensation and the local people at various the project. The project can be resettlement to all affected levels. We all want this project successfully implemented only with people. In addition, there to become a reality. However, the cooperation of local people. RAP are numerous other plans effective measure must be will ensure proper compensation proposed both in RAP and taken to ensure resettlement of and resettlement to all affected EAP to compensate and all the affected persons, so that people. enhance the environment. none is left out. The project is of utmost necessity in view of alleviation of hardship being currently experienced by the people of Raghopur Diara and also in the perspective of overall national interest.
122
IX. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM
263. An integrated grievance and redress mechanism (GRM) for environmental and social action plans is established for the project. The GRM provides a system for receiving, evaluating and facilitating the resolution of affected people’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the project’s social and environmental performance. Due to the scale of the project with one end of the bridge located in highly urbanized section of Patna City and adverse impacts are anticipated, issues like poor legal records, voluminous titles and sometime conflicting holdings, intensive construction activities located near communities, traffic from construction vehicles, and conflict between migrant and host communities are expected.
264. Grievances related to the implementation of the project, will be acknowledged12, evaluated, and responded to the complainant with corrective action proposed using understandable and transparent processes that are gender responsive, culturally appropriate, and readily accessible to all segments of the affected people. Records of grievances received, corrective actions taken and their outcomes will be properly maintained and form part of the semi-annual environmental monitoring report to ADB.
265. The nature and significance will be evaluated by the receiving party. Any complaint which concerns project construction activity poses imminent serious risk to life and property or will result to irreversible damage to wildlife (dolphin, migratory birds) will be immediately forwarded to the PIU-Digha for action within 24-hour from receipt of complaint.
266. All other complaints will adhere to the following steps: i) If the receiving party is not the PIU, then forward the filled-up intake form within 3-days from receipt of grievance. ii) Grievances received at the PIU level will be discussed during the weekly meeting with the Contractor, Project Management and Authority Engineer (PMAE) , and BSRDCL-ESC. Actions that will be taken includes agreed mitigation measure to be taken by the Contactor, monitoring schedule of the PMAE to confirm the effectiveness, and issuance of letter to complainant describing the actions and timelines. iii) For grievances that were not resolved at the PIU level within 30-days of receipt, the PIU will elevate the case to the BSRDCL- General Manager. At this level, the General Manager will make a determination if: a) the all feasible mitigation measures have been implemented by the contractor, b) there is a need to compensate residual impacts, or c) the grievance is frivolous or whimsical and no further action is necessary. In case further mitigation measures can be implemented, the BSRDCL-General Manager will return the complaint to the PIU with the corresponding recommended measures to be implemented and feed- back within 15 calendar days. iv) For grievances that needs compensation due to unmitigated residual measures, the BSRDCL-General Manager will elevate the case to the Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) for resolution during its monthly regular meetings. Complaints that were deemed frivolous or whimsical will be presented subject to concurrence or appeal.
12 Using the BSRDC’s Grievance Intake Form. 123
267. The GRC will chaired by the BSRDCL-Chief General Manager with comprise members from the PMAE, contractor, local community, and local wildlife authority. The time for addressing grievances received at the EA and GRC level will be dependent on the nature of complaint received. However, all efforts will be made to respond to the grievances efficiently with a corrective action plan and not take longer than 30 days from the receipt of grievance at the respective level. Hence, to the extent possible corrective action plans along with clear timeline will be communicated to the complainant within 30 days of the receipt of a complaint within the respective level. Figure 9.1 present the GRM structure and process for Bihar New Ganga Bridge Project.
Figure 46: Grievance Redress Mechanism Structure and Process for Bihar New Ganga Bridge Project
124
X. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT
268. The Bihar State Road Development Corporation Ltd. (BSRDCL), a Government of Bihar undertaking13 will be the Executing Agency (EA) as well as Implementing Agency (IA) for this project. The BSRDCL has an existing fully functional Environment and Social Cell (ESC) under a separate unit handling ADB projects. ESC is headed by a Manager. The BSRDC through its environmental and social cell will be responsible for the overall environmental compliance of the project. The BSRDCL also has an existing PIU at Digha under its PPCM wing and this Ganga Bridge project will be handled by Digha PIU. Both PIU-Digha and the ESC are under supervision of the PPCM and these agenices will be responsible for the implementation of the Project. The Contractor which be procured under the EPC modality will implement the EMP as part of the civil works contract. A supervision consultant with the required environmental team will be mobilized to monitor and supervise the contractor’s implementation of these measures. An external ecologist will be recruited to provide an impartial monitoring of the actual impacts of the gangetic dolphin and migratory birds and provide advice on needed measures when necessary. Finally, a multi-sectoral environmental committee will organized by BSRDC to provide guidance and advice on key environmental aspects associated with implementation of the project. The following institutions will be involved in the implementation of EMP during construction stage. BSRDCL as project EA and its ESC; PIU and its environmental units; Project Management and Authority Engineer (PMAE) i.e. Engineer and his representatives; Contractors; Multi-Sectoral Environmental Committee; External Ecological Monitoring Agency; and ADB as funding agency.
269. The organization structure of the proposed institutional arrangement for the implementation of project is shown in figure 47. Responsibilities of various agencies involved in the project implementation are described in subsequent paragraphs.
13 Bihar State Road Development Corporation Ltd. (BSRDCL) was incorporated as a Government of Bihar Undertaking under the India’s Companies Act. 1956. (No. 1 of 1956) by the Government of Bihar vide resolution no. Sec 8/Misc/05-117/2006-1014 (s)we, Patna dated 17-02-2009. 125
Figure 47: Institutional Arrangement to Implement the Environmental Management Plan
A. Roles and Responsibolities
1. BSRDCL as Executing Agency and Implementing Agency
270. As a Government of Bihar entity the BSRDC is authorized to “construct, execute, carryout, improve, work, develop, administer, manage, control or maintain in Bihar and elsewhere all types of roads, highways, … bridges,…works and conveniences, approach road,… to all departments of Government of Bihar or any other department, agency, organization or body through Road Construction Department (RCD) or directly.14” The Principal Secretary of RCD serves as the Managing Director of BSRDCL. The Chief General Manager handles the overall operation and supported by three General Managers: i) planning, procurement and contract management (PPCM); ii) project management, and iii) headquarters.
271. The BSRDCL has a fully functional environment and social cell (ESC) under a separate unit15 handling ADB projects headed by a Manager. The BSRDCL has a fully functional PIU- Digha under the PPCM wing and the Ganga Bridge Project is being handled by the PIU-Digha. The BSRDCL, prior to the start of construction, will appoint two additional site supervision engineers under the ESC to particularly address the project environmental safeguard requirements. Figure 48 provides the BSRDCL’s organizational component task to implement the EMP.
14 http://bsrdcl.bih.nic.in/ 15 Monitoring/Establishment/ADB Procurement/Disbursement/PIO/LA/R&R/Social/Environment headed by DGM (Tech.), HQ. 126
Managing Director Principal Secretary, RCD
Chief General Manager
Planning, Procurement, Contract Management
DGM Tech, HQ Mon/EST/ADB DGM (Tech) Proc/Disbursement/PIO/LA/ PIU-Digha R&R/Social/Environment
Manager ESC
Supervising Engineers 2X
Figure 48: Organization of the PIU and Environment and Social Cell of BSRDCL
272. The EA’s responsibilities will mainly be focussed on addressing national or state level environment safeguard issues and decisions concerning the project. The BSRDC’s ESC will be responsible for the following: Planning, supervision, and evaluation of implementation of the EMP, Ensuring that all environment safeguard requirements as given in ADB SPS 2009, and applicable laws and rules under MOEFCC are being complied with during all stages of the project. Timely endorsement and signing of key documents and forwarding to the respective agency such as those required for processing of environmental clearance, forestry clearance etc. and disclosure on ADB website. Taking proactive and timely measures to address any environment safeguards related challenges at the national or state level such as delays in processing of clearances (during pre-construction stage), significant grievances (during construction stage) Modification of the EMP when necessary, Monitoring and inspection, Preparation of TOR for studies to be carried out under the EMP, Implement specific sub-programs like tree plantation and dolphin conservation in coordination with NGOs and other institutions, 127
Selection and recruitment of consultants (PMAE, external monitor), NGOs for EMP implementation including environmental enhancement measures, Appoint Environmental Management Committee (EMC), Prepare monitoring reports to PIU and ADB, Recommend to PIU concurrence to Contractors implementation sub-plans to include contractor camp site layout, compliance to regulatory requirement action plan, borrow area management plan, traffic re-routing management plan, disposal management plan, spill management plan, tree plantation management plan, Overall management of the grievance and redress mechanism, Coordination with relevant government agencies, NGOs, and research institutions, Information dissemination, consultation, and public disclosure.
273. The enviornmental team of the PIU-Digha will be resposible for managing enviornmental issues at site level. The specific tasks of the PIU environment team are: Assist ESC to prepare forms, reports and all documents etc. for processing of environmental, forestry and related clearances in a timely manner and submit them for further review and signing to the authorized officer in the respective EA office. If any problems or long delays are encountered when processing the clearance documents, immediately alert the authorized officer at the EA level and seek ways resolve the problem at the soonest. Ensure that all necessary regulatory clearances are obtained prior to commencing any civil work. Ensure that for Engineering Procurement and Construction (EPC) based contracts updating of the EMP and EMOP based on detailed design and implementation of the EMP is included under the contractor’s responsibilities. Ensure that the EMP which includes required mitigation measures and monitoring requirements with defined Bill of Quantity (BOQ), forms part of bidding document for the case of item rate based contracts. Ensure that contractors have access to the EIA report including EMP and EMOP of the project. Ensure that contractor understand their responsibilities to mitigate environmental problems associated with their construction activities. Ensure and monitor that all required permits, no objection certificates etc. are obtained by the contractor for establishment and operation of equipments and facilities as detailed in the EIA. With the support of the ESC of the contractors and PMAE ensure that the contractor implements the EMP including EMOP as given in the EIA report. In case of unanticipated environmental impacts during project implementation stage, with the support of PMAE prepare and implement an updated EMP to account for such impacts after seeking concurrence from ADB. The updating shall be carried out after due consultation with the stakeholders and concerned government agencies. In case during project implementation project needs to be realigned, review the environmental classification and revise accordingly, and identify whether supplementary EIA study is required. If it is required, prepare the TOR for undertaking supplementary EIA and hire an environment consultant to carry out the study. 128
Ensure that construction workers work under safe and healthy working environment. Ensure effective implementation of Grievance Redress Mechanism to address affected people’s concerns and complaints. Submit semi-annual reports on the implementation of all environment safeguard requirements including the EMP and EMOP under the project to ADB and make these reports available for public disclosure.
2. The Environmental Management Committee (EMC)
274. To enhance the capacity of the BSRDCL-ESC in implementing the EMP, the ESC and PMAE-Environment Team will organize a Multi-Sectoral Environmental Committee (MEC) with experts from relevant state government agencies, non-government, universities, and other research organizations to be chaired by the Chief General Manager. The BSRDC will convene the MEC immediately upon start construction and quarterly afterwards. The principal roles of the MEC are to: Oversee the implementation of the EMP; Advise, supervise and guide activities of the BSRDCL in all environmental and ecological issues; Enhance coordination between BSRDCL and stakeholders; and Facilitate the building of common understanding on the project and support towards successful implementation of the project.
3. Project Management and Authority Engineer (PMAE)
275. BSRDCL will mobilize a Project Management and Authority Engineer (PMAE) for supervision of implementation of civil works, including EMP. The PMAE’s environment team will consist of national experts on dredging; ecology; and environment, health, and safety. The PMAE Environment team will ensure the strict and effective implementation of the EMP by the Contractors. The PMAE will also be responsible for updating EMP and reporting and advising the BSRDCL in the event of un-anticipated impacts. PMAE Environment team will liaise with ESC and PIU environment unit to ensure that Contractor complies with the requirements of various environmental safeguard measures through supervision, monitoring and reporting on the same. Efforts must be made by PMAE to ensure that environmental mitigation and good- construction-practices are not only considered but actually implemented as integral component of each civil works activity. The role of PMAE environmental team will assist the Team Leader of PMAE on the following: Advise BSRDCL ESC and PIU on preparing reports to ADB and other statutory bodies; Preparing procedures for implementing EMP; Review Contractor’s EMP, traffic management plan and safety plan and recommend for its approval / improvements, to the Team Leader; Provide training to PIU, PMAE and Contractors’ staff on implementing environmental safeguard measures; Advise on obtaining various statutory environmental clearances on time; Conduct periodic field visits to examine environmental compliances and suggest corrective actions; Day-to-day supervision of implementation of stipulated safeguard measures, to ensure accountability; 129
Record keeping, providing instructions through the engineer for corrective actions, ensuring compliance of various statutory and legislative requirements and assist engineer for submitting reports to PIU; and Any other issues as will be required to ensure environmental compliance.
4. External Monitor-Ecology
276. The BSRDCL will employ during the duration construction period an external ecologist to undertake monitoring of all works along the river bed that pose risk to the gangetic dolphin, migratory birds, and other sensitive wildlife and habitat along the project alignment. The external monitor, based on his findings will regularly appraise the BSRDCL on the effectivity of mitigation measures and practices and if inadequate will recommend additional measures or studies through submission of semi-annual monitoring reports.
5. Contractor
277. The contractor will be procured through engineering, procurement, and construction (EPC) modality. The BSRDCL will impose that the Contractor will be compliant to ISO 14001 Environmental Management System, OHSAH 18000 (2007) related Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) and SA 8000 (Social Accountability). The Contractor will provide a team of environmental and occupational health and safety specialist that will have presence in all construction and camp sites and active construction fronts including sources of materials like borrow and quarry sites. The key responsibilities of Environment and EHS Specialists of Contractor will include the following: Update EMP (and EIA, if necessary) based on the final design of the project facilities; Directly reporting to the Project Manager of the Contractor; Discussing various environmental issues and environmental mitigation, enhancement and monitoring actions with all concerned directly or indirectly; Prepare Contractor’s EMP, traffic management plan and safety plan as part of their Work Program; Ensure contractor’s compliance with the EMP stipulations and conditions of statutory bodies; Assisting his project manager to ensure environmentally sound and safe construction practices; Assisting his project manager to ensure the timely procurement of materials that are included in the Bill of Quantities relating to environmental mitigation and enhancement measures; Conducting periodic environmental and safety training for contractor’s engineers, supervisors and workers; Preparing a registers for material sources, labour, pollution monitoring results, public complaint and as may be directed by the PMAE; Assisting the PIU on various environmental monitoring and control activities including pollution monitoring; and Preparing and submitting monthly reports to PMAE on status of implementation safeguard measures.
6. ADB’s Responsibilities
278. As a funding agency ADB is responsible for the following: 130
Review REA checklist and endorse or modify the classification of project, Review EIA report and disclose the draft and final EIA reports on the ADB website as required; Issue project’s approval based on EIA report; Monitor implementation of the EMP through due diligence missions; Provide assistance to the BSRDCL, if required, in carrying out its responsibilities and for building capacity for safeguard compliance; Monitor overall compliance of the project to EIA and EMP; and If necessary provide further guidance to the BSRDCL on the format, content, and scope of the semi-annual monitoring reports for submission to ADB.
7. Other Partner Organizations
279. BSRDC will partner with the following organizations (Table 10.1) to enhance the effectivity of EMP implementation.
Table 45: List of Partner Organizations in Implementing the EMP Name of Organization Role in EMP Implementation Department of Ecology Gangetic Dolphin conservation and awareness District Magistrat and law and order and resolving the social disputes that may arise Revenu Departments during construction activities State Police Department Traffic management Public Heath Engineering Disposal of domestic, sewage, and solid wastes Department/ Municipal Corporation SPCB Monitoring of emissions and discharges from hot mix, crushing, and cement batching plants District Forest Department Cutting of trees and compensatory afforestations NGOs Implementation of community awareness programs
B. Capacity Building
280. Although the BSRDCL has a fully-functioning ESC, staff movement and the type and scale of the project will require augmentation of the current capacity. The following capacity building program will be implemented as part of the PMAE’s scope of work for the PIU and ESC: Training Module 1: i) Environment Baseline of Ganga Bridge (1 dayx20pax), ii) Environmental Management and Monitoring Plans for Ganga Bridge (1 dayx20pax); Training Module 2: Environmental inspection, monitoring and reporting (2daysx20pax); and Training Module 3: Organizational arrangement, roles and responsibilities, Organizing the grievance and redress mechanism, Formation of the Multi- Sectoral Environment Committee (5daysx20).
281. Also part of the PMAE TOR is to ensure all contractors environment and health and safety team undergo training on the following subjects: Orientation program on HIV/AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases; Orientation on best practices to control dust, noise, community health and safety, camp hygiene, occupational health and safety; 131
Orientation on the conservation of gangetic dolphin and migratory birds; Orientation on self-monitoring and self-reporting requirements; and On the job training on EMP implementation.
132
ANNEX 1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST
Country/Project Title: INDIA/ Bihar New Ganga Bridge Project
Sector / Division: South Asia Transport and Communication Division (SATC)
Road Section: Construction of Greenfield Six- Lane Extradosed Cable Bridge over river Ganga near Kachchi Dargah in District Patna on NH-30 to near Bidupur in District Vaishali on NH-103, (Bihar)
Screening questions Yes No Remarks A. Project siting . Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas? . Cultural heritage site X X There are no legally protected areas within . Protected area the corridor of impact of the Project. However the bridge will be constrcuted over river ganga bridge for a length of 9.6 kms. X No legally notified wetlands. However the . Wetland Project is located on the flood plain of river ganges. . Mangrove X . Estuarine X . Buffer zone of protected area X . Special area for protecting biodiversity X B. Potential environmental impacts . Will the project cause… . Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; X The topography of project area in plain. disfiguration of landscape by road However constrcution of bridge and embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries? associated embankments and approach roads will change the landscape of the project areas.
. Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. X The project will enroach into aquatic ecology Sensitive or protected areas)? of the river ganges. Installation of bridge piers will be permanent whereas temporarily construction facilites will also be installed during construction into river section. . Alteration of surface water hydrology of X Ganges river is designated inland waterways waterways crossed by roads, resulting in of India. Project will increase sediments into increased sediment in streams affected by river ganges and also it will change increased soil erosion at construction site? hydrology. Soil erosion is also anticipated due to construction of bridge. 133
Screening questions Yes No Remarks . Deterioration of surface water quality due X During construction suface water quality to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from deteoritiation is likely. Suitable mitigation worker-based camps and chemicals used measures will be required to control the silt in construction? runoff.
Adequate Sanitary facilities and drainage in the workers camps will help to avoid this possibility. As the construction activity in this project will not contain any harmful ingredients, no impact on surface water quality is anticipated. . Increased local air pollution due to rock X With appropriate mitigation measures and crushing, cutting and filling works, and use of most modern environment friendly chemicals from asphalt processing? equipments/machineries air pollution shall be reduced to permissible levels. . risks and vulnerabilities related to X Possible. With appropriate mitigation occupational health and safety due to measures such risks would be minimized. physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards during project construction and operation during project construction and operation? . Noise and vibration due to blasting and X Short term minor impact may occur during other civil works? construction period, Suitable mitigation measures will be required to minimize the adverse effects . Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of X Likely. A Resettlement Plan will be prepared people and compensation shall be paid as per approved entitlement matrix. . dislocation and compulsory resettlement X Likely. A Resettlement Plan will be prepared of people living in right-of-way? and compensation shall be paid as per approved entitlement matrix. . disproportionate impacts on the poor, X Possible. Gender Action Plan and Indigenous women and children, Indigenous Peoples People Development Plan shall be prepared or other vulnerable groups? as part of the Project. . Other social concerns relating to X Imposing of appropriate mitigation measures inconveniences in living conditions in the in contract agreement to keep the air project areas that may trigger cases of pollution within permissible levels will keep a upper respiratory problems and stress? check on this problem. . Hazardous driving conditions where X To minimized the impact suitable traffic construction interferes with pre-existing management plan will be required roads? . Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in X Proper provisions for sanitation, health care construction camps and work sites, and and solid waste disposal facilities will be possible transmission of communicable available in the contract documents to avoid diseases from workers to local such possibility. populations? Workers will be made aware about communicable diseases . Creation of temporary breeding habitats X for mosquito vectors of disease? . Accident risks associated with increased X Adoption of suitable traffic signage system at vehicular traffic, leading to accidental spills sensitive places will reduce such possibility. of toxic materials and loss of life? 134
Screening questions Yes No Remarks . Increased noise and air pollution resulting X Due to improvement in Riding Quality & from traffic volume? Comfort in driving due to unidirectional traffic such pollution will be reduced. Mitigation measures along with monitoring plan will be required . Increased risk of water pollution from oil, X Controlled construction activities and proper grease and fuel spills, and other materials drainage system will reduce this possibility. from vehicles using the road? . social conflicts if workers from other X Not anticipated. Local labors would be hired regions or countries are hired? to the extent possible. . large population influx during project X Possible. construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)? . risks to community health and safety due X Possible. EMP shall be followed to minimize to the transport, storage, and use and/or this risk. disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation? . community safety risks due to both X Not anticipated. accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning.
Climate Change and Disaster Risk Yes No Remarks Questions The following questions are not for environmental categorization. They are included in this checklist to help identify potential climate and disaster risks. Is the Project area subject to hazards such X Project is vulnerable to raifall and landslides. as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes (see Appendix I) . Could changes in temperature, X Likely. Increase in rainfall will reduce lifespan precipitation, or extreme events patterns of the project as this is a landslide prone over the Project lifespan affect technical or area. financial sustainability (e.g., increased erosion or landslides could increase maintenance costs, permafrost melting or increased soil moisture content could affect sub0-grade). 135
. Are there any demographic or socio- X economic aspects of the Project area that are already vulnerable (eg., high incidence of marginalized populations, rural-urban migrants, illegal settlements, ethnic minorities, women or children)? . Could the Project potentially increase the X climate or disaster vulnerability of the surrounding area (e.g., by encouraging settlement in areas that will be more affected by floods in the future, or encouraging settlement in earthquake zones)?
136
ANNEX 2: COMPARISON OF WB AND GOI AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (NAAQS)
A comparison between the ambient air quality requirements between the World Bank (WB) Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) guidelines and the National Ambient Air Quality standards (NAAQS) under the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 of GOI as given in table below shows that the NAAQS has requirements on three more parameters (Pb, Co and NH3) in comparison to the WB EHS. The NAAQS has differentiated standards for two types of areas: i) industrial, residential, rural and other areas and ii) ecologically sensitive areas. The WB EHS has guidelines values which are the required standards but allows for gradual compliance to the guideline values through staged interim targets. Most WB EHS guideline requirements are more stringent than NAAQS except for the NO2 one year average in ecologically sensitive areas where the NAAQS requirements are more stringent.
Table 46: Ambient Air Quality standards of WB EHS Vs. the GOI NAAQS Ambient Air Averaging WB Guideline Value GOI Standards for GoI Ecologically Quality Period Industrial, Sensitive Area Parameter Residential, Rural (notified by Central and Other Areas Government) Sulfur dioxide 24-hr 125 (Interim target 1) (SO2) (ug/m3) 50 (Interim target 2) 20 (guideline) 80 80 10 min 500 (guideline) Annual None 50 20 Nitrogen 1 Year 40 (guideline) 40 30 dioxide (NO2) 24 Hour None 80 80 (ug/m3) 1 Hour 200 (guideline) PM10 1 Year 70 (Interim target 1) (ug/m3) 50 (Interim target 2) 30 (Interim target 3) 20 (guideline) 60 60 24-hr 150 (Interim target 1) 100 (Interim target 2) 75 (Interim target 3) 50 (guideline) 100 100 PM2.5 1 year 35 (Interim target 1) (ug/m3) 25 (Interim target 2) 15 (Interim target 3) 10 (guideline) 40 40 24-Hour 75 (Interim target 1) 50 (Interim target 2) 37.5 (Interim target 3) 25 (guideline) 60 60 Ozone (O3) 8-hr daily max 160 (Interim target 1) (ug/m3) 100 (guideline) 100 100 Lead (Pb) Annual 0.5 0.5 µg/m3) 24 hours 1.0 1.0 Carbon 8 hours 2000 2000 Monoxide (CO) µg/m3 1 hour 4000 4000 Ammonia Annual 100 100 (NH3) µ/m3 24 hours 400 400 137
ANNEX 3: COMPARISON OF WB EHS AND GOI AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL STANDARDS
A comparison on noise level requirements between the WB EHS guidelines and the NAAQS under the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 of GOI as given in table B shows that the required levels are equal for residential, institutional and educational areas. The NAAQS requirements for commercial areas are more stringent while the WB EHS requirement for daytime noise in industrial area is more stringent.
Table 47: Ambient Noise level standards of WB EHS Vs. the GOI NAAQS Receptor WB EHS GOI NAAQS Daytime Nightime Daytime Nightime 7:00-22:00 22:00-7:00 6:00-22.00 22:00-6:00 Residential 55 45 55 45 Institutional; educational None None Industrial 70 70 75 70 Commercial 65 55 Silence Zone None None 50 40
138
ANNEX 4: DETAILS OF TREES TO BE CUT
A: Details of Trees to be cut along Kachidargah-Bidupur Road
Approx Tree Name of Sl.No Chainge (in km.) Name of Village Girth Size Remarks No. species (in Cm) 01 0+000 to 1+140 Sabalpur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 02 1+140 to 2+900 Rustampur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 03 2+900 to 4+700 Himatpur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area Jamalpur Chak Shankar 04 4+700 to 5+800 Ganga Pd. Diara NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 05 5+800 to 6+200 Jafrabad Dih NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 06 6+200 to 7+100 Shaikahbad NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 07 7+100 to 9+000 Karampur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 08 9+000 to 10+200 Jahagirpur Fulli NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 09 10+200 to 10+900 Madhurapur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 10 10+900 to 11+200 Sultanpur chak farid NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area Vishunpur Kishundas@Majlishpur 11 10+800 to 10+900 chak Gangadhar NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 12 10+900 to Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 1 Palm 150 Ganga River Water Area 13 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 2 Palm 145 14 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 3 Palm 140 15 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 4 Palm 152 16 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 5 Palm 160 17 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 6 Palm 155 18 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 7 Mango 75 19 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 8 Shisham 90 20 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 9 Shisham 75 21 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 10 Palm 150 22 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 11 Khajoor 70 23 11+400 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 12 Khajoor 65 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 24 11+400 to Majlishpur 13 Shisham 65 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 25 Majlishpur 14 Shisham 60 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 26 Majlishpur 15 Palm 155 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 27 Majlishpur 16 Gular 100 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 28 Majlishpur 17 Mahua 90 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 29 Majlishpur 18 Shisham 60 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 30 11+500 Majlishpur 19 Shisham 55 Madhura Sultanpur 31 11+500 to Pachkatiya 20 Palm Tree 150 Madhura Sultanpur 32 Pachkatiya 21 Palm Tree 145 Madhura Sultanpur 33 Pachkatiya 22 Palm Tree 160 Madhura Sultanpur 34 Pachkatiya 23 Palm Tree 150 Madhura Sultanpur 35 Pachkatiya 24 Palm Tree 150 Madhura Sultanpur 36 Pachkatiya 25 Palm Tree 145 37 Madhura Sultanpur 26 Palm Tree 155 139
Approx Tree Name of Sl.No Chainge (in km.) Name of Village Girth Size Remarks No. species (in Cm) Pachkatiya Madhura Sultanpur 38 Pachkatiya 27 Palm Tree 150 Madhura Sultanpur 39 Pachkatiya 28 Shisham 55 Madhura Sultanpur 40 Pachkatiya 29 Shisham 70 Madhura Sultanpur 41 Pachkatiya 30 Shisham 80 Madhura Sultanpur 42 Pachkatiya 31 Shisham 75 Madhura Sultanpur 43 11+900 Pachkatiya 32 Mango Tree 70 44 11+900 to Dilawalpur Gowardhan 33 Palm 155 45 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 34 Palm 160 46 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 35 Shisham 90 47 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 36 Palm 150 48 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 37 Palm 150 49 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 38 Palm 155 50 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 39 Shisham 60 51 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 40 Shisham 70 52 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 41 Khajoor 100 53 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 42 Mango 75 54 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 43 Shisham 65 55 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 44 Shisham 100 56 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 45 Shisham 70 57 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 46 Palm 155 58 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 47 Palm 160 59 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 48 Simar 140 60 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 49 Mango 110 61 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 50 Simar 120 62 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 51 Palm 140 63 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 52 Palm 145 64 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 53 Palm 150 65 13+200 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 54 Palm 160 Mathura Sultanpur 66 13+200 to Pachkatiya 55 Palm 154 Mathura Sultanpur 67 Pachkatiya 56 Palm 152 Mathura Sultanpur 68 Pachkatiya 57 Palm 154 Mathura Sultanpur 69 Pachkatiya 58 Palm Tree 150 Mathura Sultanpur 70 Pachkatiya 59 Mango 160 Mathura Sultanpur 71 Pachkatiya 60 Palm Tree 155 Mathura Sultanpur 72 Pachkatiya 61 Palm Tree 150 Mathura Sultanpur 73 Pachkatiya 62 Palm Tree 152 Mathura Sultanpur 74 Pachkatiya 63 Palm Tree 145 Mathura Sultanpur 75 Pachkatiya 64 Palm Tree 148 Mathura Sultanpur 76 Pachkatiya 65 Palm Tree 140 140
Approx Tree Name of Sl.No Chainge (in km.) Name of Village Girth Size Remarks No. species (in Cm) Mathura Sultanpur 77 Pachkatiya 66 Palm Tree 150 Mathura Sultanpur 78 Pachkatiya 67 Palm Tree 153 Mathura Sultanpur 79 Pachkatiya 68 Palm Tree 155 Mathura Sultanpur 80 Pachkatiya 69 Palm Tree 148 Mathura Sultanpur 81 Pachkatiya 70 Palm Tree 155 Mathura Sultanpur 82 Pachkatiya 71 Barhal Tree 130 Mathura Sultanpur 83 Pachkatiya 72 kathal Tree 120 Mathura Sultanpur 84 Pachkatiya 73 kathal Tree 110 Mathura Sultanpur 85 Pachkatiya 74 Palm Tree 140 Mathura Sultanpur 86 Pachkatiya 75 Palm Tree 146 Mathura Sultanpur 87 Pachkatiya 76 Palm Tree 148 Mathura Sultanpur 88 15+800 Pachkatiya 77 Palm Tree 150 89 15+800 to Khanpur Pakari 78 Palm Tree 145 90 Khanpur Pakari 79 Barhal Tree 60 91 Khanpur Pakari 80 jalebi Tree 144 92 Khanpur Pakari 81 Palm Tree 160 93 Khanpur Pakari 82 Palm Tree 156 94 Khanpur Pakari 83 Palm Tree 162 95 Khanpur Pakari 84 Palm Tree 155 96 Khanpur Pakari 85 Palm Tree 150 97 Khanpur Pakari 86 Palm Tree 148 98 Khanpur Pakari 87 Palm Tree 152 99 Khanpur Pakari 88 Palm Tree 144 100 Khanpur Pakari 89 Palm Tree 140 101 Khanpur Pakari 90 Arjan Tree 100 102 Khanpur Pakari 91 Palm Tree 150 103 Khanpur Pakari 92 Palm Tree 154 104 Khanpur Pakari 93 Palm Tree 140 105 Khanpur Pakari 94 Arjan Tree 110 106 Khanpur Pakari 95 Palm Tree 152 107 Khanpur Pakari 96 Palm Tree 155 108 Khanpur Pakari 97 Arjan Tree 100 109 Khanpur Pakari 98 Arjan Tree 90 110 Khanpur Pakari 99 Khajoor 60 111 Khanpur Pakari 100 Khajoor 90 112 Khanpur Pakari 101 Palm Tree 156 113 Khanpur Pakari 102 Palm Tree 148 114 Khanpur Pakari 103 Palm Tree 155 115 Khanpur Pakari 104 Palm Tree 160 116 Khanpur Pakari 105 Palm Tree 145 117 16+700 Khanpur Pakari 106 Palm Tree 150 118 16+700 to Kalyanpur 107 Palm Tree 160 119 Kalyanpur 108 Palm Tree 154 120 Kalyanpur 109 Palm Tree 146 121 Kalyanpur 110 Palm Tree 152 141
Approx Tree Name of Sl.No Chainge (in km.) Name of Village Girth Size Remarks No. species (in Cm) 122 Kalyanpur 111 Palm Tree 145 123 Kalyanpur 112 Palm Tree 155 124 Kalyanpur 113 Palm Tree 150 125 Kalyanpur 114 Khajoor 100 126 Kalyanpur 115 Palm Tree 150 127 Kalyanpur 116 Palm Tree 150 128 Kalyanpur 117 Arjan Tree 40 129 Kalyanpur 118 Arjan Tree 50 130 Kalyanpur 119 Arjan Tree 75 131 Kalyanpur 120 Arjan Tree 40 132 Kalyanpur 121 Arjan Tree 40 133 Kalyanpur 122 Arjan Tree 45 134 Kalyanpur 123 Arjan Tree 60 135 Kalyanpur 124 Arjan Tree 80 136 Kalyanpur 125 Arjan Tree 105 137 Kalyanpur 126 Arjan Tree 90 138 Kalyanpur 127 Khajoor 110 139 Kalyanpur 128 Neem Tree 120 140 Kalyanpur 129 Mango 150 141 Kalyanpur 130 Mango 120 142 Kalyanpur 131 Palm Tree 154 143 Kalyanpur 132 Palm Tree 150 144 Kalyanpur 133 Palm Tree 150 145 Kalyanpur 134 Palm Tree 148 146 Kalyanpur 135 Palm Tree 152 147 Kalyanpur 136 Palm Tree 156 148 Kalyanpur 137 Palm Tree 152 149 Kalyanpur 138 Palm Tree 150 150 Kalyanpur 139 Shisham 38 151 Kalyanpur 140 Babul Tree 120 152 Kalyanpur 141 Babul Tree 110 153 Kalyanpur 142 Babul Tree 130 154 Kalyanpur 143 Babul Tree 125 155 Kalyanpur 144 jalebi Tree 35 156 Kalyanpur 145 Babul Tree 30 157 Kalyanpur 146 Babul Tree 40 158 Kalyanpur 147 Khajoor 90 159 Kalyanpur 148 Khajoor 110 160 Kalyanpur 149 Khajoor 90 161 Kalyanpur 150 Khajoor 100 162 Kalyanpur 151 Khajoor 105 163 Kalyanpur 152 Shisham 70 164 Kalyanpur 153 Mango 105 165 Kalyanpur 154 Mango 110 166 Kalyanpur 155 Mango 90 167 Kalyanpur 156 Mango 80 168 Kalyanpur 157 Palm Tree 150 169 Kalyanpur 158 jalebi Tree 125 170 Kalyanpur 159 Shisham 80 171 Kalyanpur 160 Simar Tree 135 172 Kalyanpur 161 kathal Tree 150 173 Kalyanpur 162 Palm Tree 142 174 Kalyanpur 163 Palm Tree 145 175 Kalyanpur 164 Palm Tree 140 176 Kalyanpur 165 Simar Tree 60 177 Kalyanpur 166 Khajoor 75 142
Approx Tree Name of Sl.No Chainge (in km.) Name of Village Girth Size Remarks No. species (in Cm) 178 Kalyanpur 167 Khajoor 70 179 Kalyanpur 168 pipal Tree 150 180 Kalyanpur 169 Shisham 40 181 Kalyanpur 170 Palm Tree 150 182 Kalyanpur 171 Palm Tree 148 183 Kalyanpur 172 Palm Tree 140 184 Kalyanpur 173 Palm Tree 154 185 Kalyanpur 174 Palm Tree 150 186 Kalyanpur 175 Palm Tree 160 187 Kalyanpur 176 Palm Tree 155 188 Kalyanpur 177 Palm Tree 145 189 Kalyanpur 178 Palm Tree 156 190 Kalyanpur 179 Palm Tree 160 191 Kalyanpur 180 Palm Tree 148 192 Kalyanpur 181 Palm Tree 158 193 Kalyanpur 182 Palm Tree 145 194 Kalyanpur 183 Palm Tree 150 195 Kalyanpur 184 Palm Tree 146 196 19+000 Kalyanpur 185 Palm Tree 150 197 19+000 to Telia 186 Neem Tree 30 198 Telia 187 Shisham 30 199 Telia 188 Bair Tree 35 200 Telia 189 Simar Tree 120 201 Telia 190 Mango 160 202 Telia 191 Mango 150 203 Telia 192 Sirish Tree 110 204 Telia 193 Shisham 40 205 Telia 194 Sirish Tree 32 206 Telia 195 Sirish Tree 30 207 Telia 196 Sirish Tree 40 208 Telia 197 Sirish Tree 45 209 Telia 198 Sirish Tree 35 210 Telia 199 Sirish Tree 90 211 Telia 200 Sirish Tree 45 212 Telia 201 Mahua 90 213 Telia 202 Palm Tree 140 214 Telia 203 Simar Tree 150 215 Telia 204 Shisham 30 216 Telia 205 Shisham 32 217 Telia 206 Shisham 45 218 Telia 207 Palm Tree 155 219 Telia 208 Palm Tree 156 220 Telia 209 Shisham 110 221 Telia 210 Palm Tree 154 222 Telia 211 Palm Tree 155 223 Telia 212 Palm Tree 156 224 Telia 213 Palm Tree 154 225 Telia 214 Palm Tree 148 226 Telia 215 Palm Tree 150 227 Telia 216 Palm Tree 152 228 Telia 217 Palm Tree 155 229 Telia 218 Palm Tree 158 230 Telia 219 Palm Tree 156 231 Telia 220 Palm Tree 148 232 Telia 221 Mango 70 233 Telia 222 Mango 50 143
Approx Tree Name of Sl.No Chainge (in km.) Name of Village Girth Size Remarks No. species (in Cm) 234 Telia 223 Mango 120 235 Telia 224 Palm Tree 152 236 Telia 225 Palm Tree 150 237 19+680 Telia 226 Palm Tree 154
B. Details of Trees to be cut along Kachidargah-Bidupur Road
Approx Tre Girth e Name of Size Sl. No Chainge (km.) Name of Village No. species (Cm) Remarks 01 0+000 to 1+140 Sabalpur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 02 1+140 to 2+900 Rustampur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 03 2+900 to 4+700 Himatpur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area Jamalpur Chak Shankar 04 4+700 to 5+800 Ganga Pd. Diara NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 05 5+800 to 6+200 Jafrabad Dih NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 06 6+200 to 7+100 Shaikahbad NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 07 7+100 to 9+000 Karampur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 08 9+000 to 10+200 Jahagirpur Fulli NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 09 10+200 to 10+900 Madhurapur NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 10 10+900 to 11+200 Sultanpur chak farid NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area Vishunpur Kishundas@Majlishpur 11 10+800 to 10+900 chak Gangadhar NIL NIL Ganga River Water Area 12 10+900 to Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 1 Palm Tree 145 13 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 2 Palm Tree 146 14 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 3 Palm Tree 150 15 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 4 Palm Tree 155 16 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 5 Shisham 70 17 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 6 Shisham 65 18 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 7 Palm Tree 145 19 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 8 Palm Tree 140 20 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 9 Palm Tree 152 21 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 10 Palm Tree 150 22 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 11 Khajoor 45 23 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 12 Mango 90 24 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 13 Arjan Tree 90 25 14+400 Chak Shaid Ali @ Darwa 14 Mahua 80 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 26 14+400 to Majlishpur 15 Shisham 60 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 27 Majlishpur 16 Shisham 50 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 28 Majlishpur 17 Shisham 75 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 29 Majlishpur 18 Shisham 80 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 30 Majlishpur 19 Palm Tree 150 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 31 Majlishpur 20 Palm Tree 152 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 32 Majlishpur 21 Palm Tree 145 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 33 Majlishpur 22 Palm Tree 150 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 34 Majlishpur 23 Khajoor 110 144
Approx Tre Girth e Name of Size Sl. No Chainge (km.) Name of Village No. species (Cm) Remarks Vishunpur Kisundas @ 35 Majlishpur 24 Palm Tree 150 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 36 Majlishpur 25 Palm Tree 145 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 37 Majlishpur 26 Shisham 70 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 38 Majlishpur 27 Shisham 80 Vishunpur Kisundas @ 39 11+500 Majlishpur 28 Shisham 80 Madhura Sultanpur 40 11+500 to Pachkatiya 29 Shisham 65 Madhura Sultanpur 41 Pachkatiya 30 Mango 75 Madhura Sultanpur 42 Pachkatiya 31 Mango 60 Madhura Sultanpur 43 Pachkatiya 32 Simar Tree 140 Madhura Sultanpur 44 Pachkatiya 33 Mango 90 Madhura Sultanpur 45 Pachkatiya 34 Mango 145 Madhura Sultanpur 46 Pachkatiya 35 Mango 120 Madhura Sultanpur 47 Pachkatiya 36 Mango 140 Madhura Sultanpur 48 Pachkatiya 37 Mango 145 Madhura Sultanpur 49 Pachkatiya 38 Simar Tree 150 Madhura Sultanpur 50 Pachkatiya 39 Mango 140 Madhura Sultanpur 51 11+900 Pachkatiya 40 Simar Tree 160 52 11+900 to Dilawalpur Gowardhan 41 Palm Tree 145 53 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 42 Shisham 75 54 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 43 Shisham 80 55 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 44 Shisham 60 56 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 45 Shisham 120 57 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 46 Shisham 45 58 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 47 Palm Tree 150 59 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 48 Shisham 40 60 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 49 Palm Tree 145 61 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 50 Mango 70 62 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 51 Mango 75 63 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 52 kathal Tree 95 64 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 53 Palm Tree 140 65 13+200 Dilawalpur Gowardhan 54 Palm Tree 145 66 13+200 to Sultanpur Pachkatiya 55 Palm Tree 150 67 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 56 Palm Tree 152 68 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 57 Palm Tree 150 69 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 58 Palm Tree 145 70 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 59 Palm Tree 152 71 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 60 Palm Tree 154 72 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 61 Khajoor 70 73 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 62 Khajoor 75 145
Approx Tre Girth e Name of Size Sl. No Chainge (km.) Name of Village No. species (Cm) Remarks 74 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 63 pipal Tree 200 75 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 64 Palm Tree 145 76 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 65 Palm Tree 145 77 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 66 Palm Tree 148 78 15+800 Sultanpur Pachkatiya 67 Palm Tree 145 79 15+800 to Khanpur Pakari 68 Palm Tree 160 80 Khanpur Pakari 69 Mango 95 81 Khanpur Pakari 70 Arjan Tree 110 82 Khanpur Pakari 71 Arjan Tree 90 83 Khanpur Pakari 72 Arjan Tree 100 84 Khanpur Pakari 73 Khajoor 60 85 Khanpur Pakari 74 Mango 130 86 Khanpur Pakari 75 Mango 150 87 Khanpur Pakari 76 Palm Tree 145 88 Khanpur Pakari 77 Palm Tree 150 89 Khanpur Pakari 78 Palm Tree 148 90 Khanpur Pakari 79 Palm Tree 145 91 Khanpur Pakari 80 Palm Tree 140 92 Khanpur Pakari 81 Palm Tree 148 93 Khanpur Pakari 82 Palm Tree 150 94 Khanpur Pakari 83 Palm Tree 145 95 Khanpur Pakari 84 Palm Tree 150 96 Khanpur Pakari 85 Shisham 38 97 Khanpur Pakari 86 Shisham 35 98 Khanpur Pakari 87 Mango 40 99 16+700 Khanpur Pakari 88 Mango 50 100 16+700 to Kalyanpur 89 Babul Tree 75 101 Kalyanpur 90 Shisham 38 102 Kalyanpur 91 Shisham 35 103 Kalyanpur 92 Babul Tree 120 104 Kalyanpur 93 Babul Tree 50 105 Kalyanpur 94 jalebi Tree 70 106 Kalyanpur 95 Shisham 45 107 Kalyanpur 96 Shisham 35 108 Kalyanpur 97 Shisham 50 109 Kalyanpur 98 Shisham 42 110 Kalyanpur 99 Shisham 38 111 Kalyanpur 100 Shisham 35 112 Kalyanpur 101 Palm Tree 140 113 Kalyanpur 102 Palm Tree 140 114 Kalyanpur 103 Palm Tree 148 115 Kalyanpur 104 Palm Tree 152 116 Kalyanpur 105 Palm Tree 140 117 Kalyanpur 106 Mango 136 118 Kalyanpur 107 Mango 132 119 Kalyanpur 108 Mango 125 120 Kalyanpur 109 Palm Tree 130 121 Kalyanpur 110 Palm Tree 135 122 Kalyanpur 111 Sirish Tree 120 123 Kalyanpur 112 Palm Tree 135 124 Kalyanpur 113 Palm Tree 138 125 Kalyanpur 114 Palm Tree 140 126 Kalyanpur 115 Simar Tree 85 127 Kalyanpur 116 Palm Tree 140 128 Kalyanpur 117 Palm Tree 148 146
Approx Tre Girth e Name of Size Sl. No Chainge (km.) Name of Village No. species (Cm) Remarks 129 Kalyanpur 118 Palm Tree 140 130 Kalyanpur 119 Neem Tree 58 131 Kalyanpur 120 Simar Tree 140 132 Kalyanpur 121 Sirish Tree 125 133 Kalyanpur 122 Simar Tree 65 134 Kalyanpur 123 Mango 110 135 Kalyanpur 124 Mango 135 136 Kalyanpur 125 Mango 145 137 Kalyanpur 126 Mango 140 138 Kalyanpur 127 Mango 80 139 Kalyanpur 128 Shisham 56 140 Kalyanpur 129 Mango 120 141 Kalyanpur 130 Mango 73 142 Kalyanpur 131 Simar Tree 115 143 Kalyanpur 132 Mango 110 144 Kalyanpur 133 Mango 70 145 Kalyanpur 134 Mango 105 146 Kalyanpur 135 Mahua 220 147 Kalyanpur 136 Mango 154 148 Kalyanpur 137 Mango 45 149 Kalyanpur 138 Mango 55 150 19+000 Kalyanpur 139 Mango 65 151 19+000 to Telia 140 Shisham 36 152 Telia 141 Shisham 75 153 Telia 142 Shisham 70 154 Telia 143 Mango 90 155 Telia 144 Mango 260 156 Telia 145 Mango 153 157 Telia 146 Shisham 75 158 Telia 147 Shisham 55 159 Telia 148 Shisham 46 160 Telia 149 Shisham 45 161 Telia 150 Shisham 82 162 Telia 151 Shisham 82 163 Telia 152 Shisham 85 164 Telia 153 Simar Tree 120 165 Telia 154 Bair Tree 105 166 Telia 155 Simar Tree 140 167 Telia 156 Simar Tree 125 168 Telia 157 Palm Tree 135 169 Telia 158 Simar Tree 115 170 Telia 159 Palm Tree 135 171 Telia 160 Palm Tree 120 172 Telia 161 Mango 115 173 Telia 162 Mango 130 174 Telia 163 Mango 110 175 Telia 164 Mango 120 176 Telia 165 Simar Tree 70 177 Telia 166 Simar Tree 65 178 Telia 167 Simar Tree 138 179 Telia 168 Simar Tree 146 180 Telia 169 Khajoor 80 181 Telia 170 Palm Tree 150 182 Telia 171 Khajoor 100 183 Telia 172 Palm Tree 155 147
Approx Tre Girth e Name of Size Sl. No Chainge (km.) Name of Village No. species (Cm) Remarks 184 Telia 173 Palm Tree 150 185 Telia 174 Palm Tree 145 186 Telia 175 Palm Tree 146 187 Telia 176 Palm Tree 140 188 Telia 177 Palm Tree 142 189 Telia 178 Simar Tree 147 190 Telia 179 Palm Tree 145 191 Telia 180 Shisham 45 192 Telia 181 Mango 55 193 Telia 182 Neem Tree 60 194 Telia 183 Palm Tree 142 195 Telia 184 Palm Tree 155 196 Telia 185 Palm Tree 150 197 Telia 186 Shisham 50 198 Telia 187 Shisham 55 199 Telia 188 Palm Tree 150 200 Telia 189 Palm Tree 145 201 Telia 190 Palm Tree 155 202 Telia 191 Palm Tree 150 203 Telia 192 Palm Tree 145 204 Telia 193 Palm Tree 150 205 Telia 194 Shisham 60 206 Telia 195 Shisham 40 207 Telia 196 Shisham 35 208 Telia 197 Shisham 50 209 Telia 198 Shisham 55 210 Telia 199 Shisham 40 211 19+680 Telia 200 Shisham 35
148
ANNEX 5: SPECIES-SPECIFIC DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT REQUIREMENT DATA
Species-specific distribution and habitat requirement data (from the IUCN database, Schedule 1 of India’s Wildlife (Protection) Act, India wildlife research papers, and survey data along the project road)
Legend: Indicates the Project Area location
Common Name Scientific Class IUCN / National Present in Project Area Name Threat Category Greater Adjutant Leptoptilos Aves Endangered / Not recorded during survey in dubius Schedule IV project area by reported by local communities and ecological expert from Bihar
IUCN Status: Listed as endangered because this species has a very small population which is declining very rapidly. Recent breeding failures in Assam (the species's stronghold) provide cause for concern and need to be closely monitored. This species is also listed on Schedule IV of India protected list. The total population is estimated to number 800-1,200 mature individuals, roughly equivalent to 1,200-1,800 individuals in total. This is based on estimates of 650-800 birds in Assam, India, plus 150-200 birds in Cambodia, as well as at least 156 birds in Bihar state, India, which may have dispersed from the Assam population
Range: Leptoptilos dubius was previously widespread and common across much of South and continental South-East Asia but declined dramatically during the first half of the 20th century (Birdlife International 2001). It is known to breed in Assam, India (at least 650-800 birds, or more [Choudhury 2000]), and at the Tonle Sap lake (c.75 pairs) and in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary in the Northern Plains (c.15-20 pairs), Cambodia (T. Clements in litt. 2007). The species was reported to be breeding in Bihar, India, in 2004, and a small breeding population was discovered in the state on the Ganga and Kosi river floodplains in 2006 (Mishra and Mandal 2009). The population there appears to be increasing, with at least 156 estimated in 2008 and over 300 individuals in 2011, up from 78 in 2007 (Mishra and Mandal 2009, Kahn 2011). Breeding success in recent seasons has been extremely poor in Assam: the number of nests in colonies is declining sharply, but for unknown reasons (Goswami and Patar 2006). Despite this, large flocks of a few hundred birds are still noted around the city of Guwahati, which may provide feeding areas for around half of the species's world population (Choudhury 2008).
Native to: Bangladesh; Cambodia; India; Nepal; Thailand; Viet Nam. Population trend is decresing.
Habitat and Ecology: It is a terrestrial and freshwater species. While breeding in the dry season (October- May/June) it inhabits wetlands, nesting in tall trees, bamboo plantations and historically on cliffs. Breeding is thought to coincide with the dry season in order to take advantage of abundant prey as water levels recede (Singha et al. 2003). In north-east India, it occurs close to urban areas, feeding around wetlands in the breeding season, and dispersing to scavenge at rubbish dumps, abattoirs and burial grounds at other times. In Cambodia, it breeds in freshwater flooded forest and areas of dry forest with ephemeral pools, otherwise dispersing to seasonally inundated forest, carcass dumps, tall wet grassland, mangroves and intertidal flats.
Source of data above: BirdLife International 2013. Leptoptilos dubius. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015.2.
Conclusion Regarding Project Interections with Critical Habitat: The species is not observed in the project area as it is limited to tall trees. Therefore there are no concerns for Leptoptilos dubius. However in case during the project execution if this species is found within the project area, neessary measures including providing nets around nests, protection oftall trees etc. will be carried out in coordination with zoological and forest department of Bihar. 149
Common Name Scientific Class IUCN / National Present in Project Area Name Threat Category Ganges River Platanista Mammalia Endangered / Recorded in Gangas river during Dolphin gangetica Schedule I the ecological survey in project area. Also reported by Wildlife Department of Bihar.
IUCN Status: Listed as endangered in IUCN red data list based on its diversity and scale of threats – recent, ongoing, and projected. This species is the sole living representative of its family (which represents an ancient lineage in the order Cetartiodactyla), and therefore its extinction would mean the loss of more than just a single species. Applying precautionary reasoning to the evidence available, the species qualifies for listing as Endangered. This species is also listed on Schedule I of India protected list. It is listed in CITES Appendix 1.
Range: This species occurs in the Indus, Ganges-Brahmaputra-Megna, and Karnaphuli-Sangu river systems of the South Asian subcontinent, from the deltas upstream to where they are blocked by rocky barriers, shallow water, fast currents, dams, or barrages (low, gated diversion dams). The three river systems are disjunct and therefore so are their respective dolphin subpopulations, although there may be occasional demographic interaction between the latter two during the high-water season if the freshwater plumes of the two systems meet. There is further subpopulation separation within all three systems, some of it natural but much of it caused by physical barriers constructed within the last 100 years.
Native to: Bangladesh; India; Nepal; Pakistan. Although no credible time series of abundance estimates are available for most of the subspecies' range, the numbers imply downward trends in a number of upstream tributaries. The range is also declined.
Habitat and Ecology: Ganges River dolphins are generally concentrated in counter-current pools below channel convergences and sharp meanders (Kasuya and Haque 1972, Smith 1993, Smith et al. 1998) and above and below mid-channel islands, bridge pilings, and other engineering structures that cause scouring (Smith, unpublished data). Their fidelity to counter-current pools is probably greatest in fast- flowing channels (Smith et al. 1998). Annual monsoon-driven floods cause great variability in the dolphins’ access to large parts of their range. Isolation in seasonal lakes sometimes occurs (especially in the Brahmaputra basin), as does "escapement" from the river channels into artificial water bodies such as canals and reservoirs. Deltaic (brackish) waters are a major component of the total range, but Ganges River dolphins are not generally known to occur in salinities greater than 10 ppt, although they have been recorded in waters as saline as 23 ppt (Smith and Braulik, unpublished data).
Source of data above: 1) Smith, B.D. & Braulik, G.T. 2012. Platanista gangetica. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015.2.
Conclusion Regarding Project Interections with Critical Habitat: The Platanista gangetica is frequently observed in river ganges. Construction of bridge across ganges river will cause adverse impacts on the species specifically during the constrcution of piers and piling work. To minimize impacts, bridge piling work including noisy operations will be scheduled during day time and also avoiding breeding seasons. Channels will be kept free all time for free movement of dophins. Constrcution activities will be carried our in close supervision of ecologist and also experts input from zoological and forest department of Bihar will be obtained to implement conservation and awareness activities as part of the project.
150
ANNEX 6: PARTICIPANTS TO THE CONSULTATIONS
S.N. Name of Officer Designation Department/ NGO/ Remark CBO/ PRI/ ULB 1 Mr. B.A.Khan Principal Chief Dept. of Environment Discussion about wildlife Conservator of Forest, & Forest, Govt. of & biodiversity of the Chief Wildlife warden, Bihar study area Chairman, 2 Dr. Subhash Chairman Bihar State Pollution Pollution problem & its Prasad Singh Control Board, Patna control 3 Mr. B.A.Khan Chairman State biodiversity Discussion about wildlife board & biodiversity of the study area 4 Dr. R.K.Sinha HOD, Zoology Dept. Patna University, Dolphin Conservation Patna 5 Mr. Bharat Jyoti Director, Ecology & Dept. of Environment He suggested that Environment & Forest, Govt. of BSRDC should right Bihar formal letter to the Principal Secretary , E&F Dept. 6 Dr. Gopal Scientist In-charge ZSI - Zoological Conservation of dolphin. Sharma survey of India. MOEF, India (Gangetic Plains Regional Centre) 7 Sri Arvind Mishra Bihar State Mandar Nature club, Coordinator & member Bhagalpur (Bihar) - of state Board for IBCN – a network of Wildlife, Govt. of Bihar Bombay Natural History Society
151
ANNEX 7: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) A. DESIGN AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE 1. Design and Planning of Approach roads 1.1 Design of If technically feasible a Design Approach MI: Final design Review of To be Contractor BSRDCL approach road. viaduct type of design requirement roads on the that will be existing included in and PMAE Design type (high with elevated road northern adopted along preliminary EPC embankment or supported by piers is and with design, contractor’s viaduct type or recommended to avoid southern justifications conduction costs others) can create and minimize problems of side of main and rationale of field problems of soil soil erosion, dust, road bridge behind selecting assessment erosion, poor safety, drainage, creating the respective s and drainage, worsen barrier for agricultural design preparation flooding, road safety activities, people, of detailed issues, negatively domestic animals and PT: Final design design affect nearby wildlife. will include agricultural fields provisions for and create a barrier If the high embankment mitigating for people and type of design is selected issues of soil domestic animals the design will include erosion, and wildlife. adequate provisions for drainage, road road safety, drainage, safety and slope stabilization, minimizing bioengineering and barrier effect for landscaping. agricultural activities, If the high embankment people, type of design is selected domestic the following plans will animals and include activities for wildlife construction of the approach roads. These plans will be prepared by the contractor and reviewed and approved by the PMAE: . Borrow area management plan (see appendix xxx for 152
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) guidance) . Dredging plan (see appendix xxx for guidance) . Traffic management plan for hauling of construction materials and borrow material (see appendix xxx for guidance) 1.2 Land acquisition The road ROW must be The Right to Approach MI: Payment Check LA Included BSRDCL and BSRDCL, and livelihood loss designed to meet the Fair road location of records; under Resettlement PMAE to affected persons minimum standard Compensati in compensation design project NGO requirements and avoid on and Kachhi and drawings vs budget for unnecessary acquisition of Transparenc Dargah assistance to land plans; resettlemen land. y in Land village DPs as per t Acquisition, (southern RP Interview Appropriate compensation Rehabilitatio side) and with or lost land will be paid in n And Bidupur Number of affected accordance with the Land Resettlemen village complaints/gri persons Act of the GOI and the ADB t Act, 2013. (northern evances SPS as provided in the and side) related to Check Resettlement Plan ADB’s compensation status of involuntary and employme resettlemen resettlement nt given to t policy. PT: Minimal local number of people Contract complaints/gri during Clause for evances. All constructio preference cases of n to local resettlement people and during rehabilitation employmen if any are t. resolved at GRC level. No case referred to arbitrator or 153
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) court. Establishment of Upon contract award, BSRDC MI: No later CRAW, Contractor BSRDC Environmental Contractors shall be Headquarter than 30 days needs Management advised by BSRDCL on the from NTP assessmen System Prior to EMP requirements. these t report, Mobilization activities shall attendance The Contractor must be initiated sheets, organize a Construction and certificate Risk Assessment Workshop completed for all (CRAW), detailing how within 2 ground specific environmental risks months. breaking associated with their Scope activity. All of Work will be managed, MI: Contractor worksite legal compliance, inspection prepare layouts and and audits, and progress agenda and photos tracking and reporting. course outline showing for approval delineated At the completion of the by BSRDC. area. CRAW, the contractor will incorporate any additional environmental controls / management requirements identified into the EMP.
Environmental training and awareness needs shall be determined and documented via a training needs analysis prior to mobilisation.
All personnel shall be required to undergo a Project site induction that includes the environmental requirements of the Project.
Contractor site management, supervisors and all environmental 154
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) persons including the BSRDC Environment and Social Cell and other nominated environmental representative shall undergo a two day Health and Safety (Leaders) Awareness Course, which details general environmental awareness and specific performance requirements expected on site.
Contractors shall ensure that all ground breaking, earthmoving and tracked equipment have undergone a weed and hygiene inspection and passed a vehicle inspection checklist prior to entering site.
Contractors shall clearly delineate the boundary of their lay down areas on-site and install sufficient contractor signage to indicate responsibility for such areas. Contractor The Contractor shall MI. Personnel and appoint an on- and off-site Nomination of Resources environmental environmental representative(s) and persons. alternates who shall be familiar EMP and Legal and Other Requirements. The Contractor appointed environmental representative shall ensure 155
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) that the environmental requirements set in this document are adequate to the scope and are communicated to and understood by supervision, provide information on environmental Project requirements for utilisation by management and supervisors for effective communication to workgroups, be responsible for implementation of, and monitoring compliance with, the contractor Environmental Management Plan (EMP). Preparation of The Contractor, before the Contractors’ start of mobilization shall Environmental prepare an Environmental Management Management System that System outlines the minimum environmental management requirements for the implementation of the Project. 2. Design and planning of the main bridge 2.1 Land acquisition The access routes The Right to Raghopur MI: Payment of Check LA Included BSRDCL and BSRDCL, and livelihood loss to connecting the road in the Fair diara compensation records; under implementing PMAE affected persons in diara to the main bridge Compensati and assistance design project NGO diara must be designed to meet on and to DPs as per drawings vs budget for the minimum standard Transparenc RP land plans; resettlemen requirements and avoid y in Land t unnecessary acquisition of Acquisition, Number of Interview land. Rehabilitatio complaints/grie with affected n And vances related persons Appropriate compensation Resettlemen to or lost land will be paid in t Act, 2013. compensation Check 156
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) accordance with the Land and and status of Act of the GOI and the ADB ADB’s resettlement employmen SPS as provided in the involuntary PT: Minimal t given to Resettlement Plan resettlemen number of local t policy. complaints/grie people vances. All during cases of constructio resettlement n and rehabilitation if any are resolved at GRC level. No case referred to arbitrator or court. 2.2 Impacts on The bridge design must MI: Final Review of: To be wildlife – dolphins, consider having none or Bridge design of the design of the included in Contractor PMAE, migratory birds, minimal impacts on the alignment in bridge. bridge the EPC BSRDCL, fishes, reptiles and local biodiversity. the Ganga Number of substructure contractor’s External benthic organisms river and bridge piers and costs Monitor Location and spacing of Raghopur falling inside superstructu Ecology, bridge piers must be diara key habitat re; Multi- designed in a manner to sites. Schedule construction Sectoral avoid key habitat areas of construction method Environme such as breeding and activities. planned and ntal feeding grounds, migration Construction list of Committee routes etc. of key method and equipment to biodiversity species found type of be used; in the project area such as equipment that wildlife dolphins, migratory birds, will be used. sighting plan reptiles and others. Management plan for wildlife The schedule or time of sighting. construction of the piers and main bridge must PT: None of avoid to the extent the piers possible key seasonal should be wildlife activities such as located in key migration and breeding of habitat areas. 157
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) dolphins, migratory birds, There will be reptiles and others. minimal or no overlaps in Decisions on method of timing of construction and type of constructionan technology and d key seasonal equipment to be used wildlife must consider the noise activities. and vibration levels and Noise and extent of siltation being vibration levels generated. Noise and generated by vibration levels must be construction far below levels that can method/equip cause injury to dolphins ment will be far and other wildlife. below levels Construction of piers must that can cause include measures to injury to contain the siltation to a dolphins and minimum area within the other river as excess siltation endangered can hamper wildlife species. There activities. will be a clear and Appropriate protocols and comprehensive procedures must be management prepared for sighting of plan for wildlife dolphins and other sighting. endangered wildlife species (migratory birds, reptiles etc.) in the construction zone. The objective of the protocols and procedures must be aimed at having no or minimal impacts on the respective wildlife species.
2.3 Impacts on The Contractor as part of Bridge MI: Expected Review of To be Contractor PMAE, natural hydrology of the engineering design alignment changes in hydrological included in BSRDCL the river shall conduct a river in the hydrological consideratio the EPC 158
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) hydrology and morphology Ganga behavior of ns section of contractor’s study including geology, river and river bridge costs Bathymetry, Raghopur design Hydrodynamics, and diara PT: Changes Sediment quality and in hydrological transport. behavior of river should be Bridge design must shown to be consider implications on none or changes in hydrological minimal flow, current and behavior changes of the river. Such changes may create new problems such as change of river course, erosion of river embankment, change in erosion and inundation pattern of the diara etc. 3. Construction camps and yards – a number of construction camps and yards will need to be established under the project for housing the contractor’s staff and workers; storage of construction material and equipment, having equipment repair and maintenance and o ther purposes. 3.1 The location of Camps must be located at Design Construction MI: Distance Review of To be Contractor PMAE, the construction least 500m away from Requirement camp and of the camps constructi included BSRDCL camps and yards settlement areas, water The Water yard and yards on camp in the may result in bodies. (Prevention locations in from layout EPC and Control problems of noise, of Pollution) the northern settlements plan contractor’ dust, air pollution, To the extent possible Act,1974and and and water s costs erosion, siltation and there should be no camp its southern bodies. pollution of water in the diara area to avoid amendments side of the bodies nearby issues of camp area thereof main bridge PT: The getting flooded during the distance monsoon and avoid The Building should be a impacts on migratory and Other minimum of birds, reptiles and other Construction 500m. No workers wildlife species. (Regulation of construction Employment camp in diara A camp layout plan must and be prepared and Conditions o submitted to the PMAE for service) Act 1996 159
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) their review and approval. General guidance for the camp layout plan is provided in appendix xxx.
Contractors training All personnel working for MI: Records of and communication or on behalf of the topics, records Contractor shall receive a of attendance Project site induction and delivered by the Company presenter’s Representative, including name an environmental induction, prior to commencing work on site.
Personnel working for or on behalf of the Contractor who interface with significant environmental risks, shall make time available for specific environmental training in addition to the induction. This training shall be delivered by the Contractor, with support from BSRDC
All workers shall be trained on spill response. The contractor shall maintain spill response kits in all worksites.
On a weekly basis as a minimum, environmental communications shall be delivered by the contractor to its workers to present information on the 160
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) management of environmental risks or key site environmental issues.
Contractor’s conduct monthly HSE meetings. 3.2 Livelihood The construction camps The Right to Selected MI: Budget Check LA For land BSRDCL and BSRDCL, impacts on local and yards must be sited Fair areas for amount set records, land acquisition: resettlement PMAE people due to need and planned in a manner to Compensati establishing aside for plans versus NGO for land for acquiring or meet minimum on and construction payment of camp layout Included acquisition leasing land requirements and avoid Transparenc camps and compensation plan; under unnecessary acquisition or y in Land yards in the and assistance project Contractor for leasing of land. Acquisition, northern or lease rent Interview budget for land leasing Rehabilitatio and with affected resettlement Budget for appropriate n And southern Total area of persons compensation or rental will Resettlemen side of the camps and For land be set aside to meet t Act, 2013. main bridge yards. leasing: requirements of relevant and Must be acts and regulations of the ADB’s Lease included in GOI and the ADB SPS as involuntary agreement. the EPC provided in the resettlement contractor’s Resettlement Plan. policy. Number of costs complaints/grie Proper lease agreements . vances related with clear terms and to conditions must be signed compensation between the contractor and and respective land owners. resettlement or leasing of land
PT: Minimal number of complaints/grie vances. All cases of resettlement and rehabilitation and leasing of land if any are 161
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) resolved at GRC level. No case referred to arbitrator or court. 4. Dredging Activities – Dredging maybe necessary under the project for use of the riverbed silt in construction, maintaining navigation channels within the river and other purposes. 4.1 Impacts on As part of the detailed MI: Location of Review of: To be Contractor PMAE, wildlife – dolphins, engineering design and Dredging dredging sites dredging included in BSRDCL, migratory birds, when dredging is required, locations to and dredging plan and the EPC External fishes, reptiles and the Contractor shall be identified schedule. method contractor’s Monitor benthic organisms prepare a Dredging plan in the Dredging including costs Ecology, that will ensure no Ganga river method and type of Multi- adverse impacts shall or near type of equipment to Sectoral occur on the local Raghopur equipment that be used; Environmen biodiversity. The Dredging diara will be used. wildlife tal Plan shall comply with the Management sighting plan Committee following: plan for wildlife sighting. Roles and Responsibilities. Define PT: None of roles and responsibilities the dredging for implementing and sites should be adhering to the located in key commitments made within habitat areas. this Dredge Management There will be Plan. minimal or no overlaps in timing of Legislative dredging and Requirements And key seasonal Guidelines. All dredging wildlife and disposal of dredge activities. material will be Noise and undertaken in compliance vibration levels with relevant national and generated by state legislation. In case dredging no standards exist, best equipment will international practice will be far below 162
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) apply. levels that can cause injury to Studies on the existing dolphins and Environment. The other contractor, as supplement endangered to the EIA, shall conduct a species. There more detailed description will be a clear of the Ganga River and environment to include: comprehensive Key Environmental management Sensitivities, Physical plan for wildlife Freshwater Environment: sighting. Riverbed morphology and geology, Bathymetry, Hydrodynamics, Sediment quality. Fresh Water Quality: Physiochemical, Chemical, Sediment plume modelling. Biological freshwater Environment: Benthic Primary Producer Habitat, Freshwater Fauna.
Dredging Environmental Impact Assessment And Management. The Contractor shall prepare a supplementary EIA to establish potential impacts and its effective management in terms key performance indicators, mitigation and monitoring measures on the: freshwater quality, benthic primary producer habitat (BPPH), tidal, riverbank including diara, freshwater fauna, dredge materials 163
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) disposal and spoil ground management
The Dredging Plan shall highlight the following:
Location of dredging sites must avoid key habitat areas such as breeding and feeding grounds, migration routes etc. of key biodiversity species found in the project area such as dolphins, migratory birds, reptiles and benthic organisms.
The schedule or time of dredging must avoid key seasonal wildlife activities such as migration and breeding of dolphins. migratory birds, reptiles and others.
Decisions on method of dredging and type of technology and equipment to be used must consider the noise and vibration levels and extent of siltation being generated. Noise and vibration levels must be far below levels that can cause injury to dolphins and other wildlife. The dredging space must include measures to contain silt or suspended 164
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) solids to a minimum area within the river as excess siltation can hamper wildlife activities.
Appropriate protocols and procedures must be prepared for sighting of dolphins and other endangered wildlife species (migratory birds, reptiles etc.) within the vicinity of the dredging site. The objective of the protocols and procedures must be aimed at having no or minimal impacts on the respective wildlife species. 5. River training and soil stabilization works – river training and embankment protection maybe required on the river banks and the diara area in order to ensure the stability of the bridge 5.1 Impacts on To the extent possible MI: Final Review of: To be wildlife – dolphins, river training works (RTW) Bridge design of the design of the included in Contractor PMAE, migratory birds, must be avoided as it alignment in RTW. Location RTW and the EPC BSRDCL, fishes, reptiles and destroys the natural the Ganga ad schedule of soil contractor’s Biodiversity External benthic organisms aquatic ecosystem river and RTW. Habitat stabilization costs NGO for habitat Monitor Raghopur compensation works; compensation Ecology, If it is absolutely diara plan (if construction Costs for plan (if Multi- necessary to have river applicable) method habitat applicable) Sectoral training and soil construction planned and compensatio Environm stabilization works in the activities. list of n (if ental diara for technical reasons Construction equipment to applicable) Committe such as maintaining the method and be used; to be e stability of the bridge type of wildlife included foundation the design and equipment that sighting under planning of the river will be used. plan; habitat budget for training and soil Management compensatio Biodiversity stabilization works must plan for wildlife n plan (if NGO follow the principles sighting. applicable) 165
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) below: Location of river PT: RTW training works must should not be avoid key habitat located in key areas such as habitat areas. breeding and feeding There will be grounds etc. of key minimal or no biodiversity species overlaps in found in the project timing of area such as constructionan dolphins, migratory d key seasonal birds, reptiles, benthic wildlife organism and others. activities. If it is necessary to do Noise and river training in key vibration levels biodiversity areas, generated by appropriate construction compensation with method/equip similar area and ment will be far habitat type must be below levels included in the plan that can cause The schedule or time injury to of construction of the dolphins and river training works other must avoid to the endangered extent possible key species. Clear seasonal wildlife and activities such as comprehensive migration and management breeding of dolphins. plan for wildlife migratory birds, sighting. Clear reptiles and others. and Decisions on method comprehensive of construction and habitat type of technology compensation and equipment to be plan (if used must consider applicable) the noise and vibration levels and 166
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) extent of siltation being generated. Noise and vibration levels must be far below levels that can cause injury to dolphins and other wildlife. Construction activities must include measures to contain the siltation to a minimum area within the river as excess siltation can hamper wildlife activities. Appropriate protocols and procedures must be prepared for sighting of dolphins and other endangered wildlife species (migratory birds, reptiles etc.) in the construction zone. The objective of the protocols and procedures must be aimed at having no or minimal impacts on the respective wildlife species. 5.2 Impacts on Soil stabilization works in Raghopur MI: Expected Review of To be Contractor PMAE, natural hydrology of the diara must consider diara changes in hydrological included in BSRDCL the river implications on changes in hydrological consideratio the EPC hydrological flow, current behavior of ns section of contractor’s and behavior of the river. river soil costs Such changes may create stabilization new problems such as PT: Changes design change of river course, in hydrological 167
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) erosion of river behavior of embankment, change in river should be erosion and inundation shown to be pattern of the diara etc. none or minimal changes 6. Climate Change Risks 6.1 Future climate Recommendations of the Bridge and MI: climate Review of To be Contractor PMAE, changes may cause climate risk assessment approach risks bridge and included in BSRDCL damage to the section of the roads considered in access EPC bridge and approach Environmental Impact location bridge and roads contractor’s roads Assessment report must road design design costs be incorporated in the design of the bridge and PT: approach roads. Recommenda tion of EIA Further incorporate hydrological/morphological and additional studies maybe carried out studies as necessary carried out as necessary 7. Biodiversity Conservation Plan 7.1 The local A biodiversity Vicinity of MI: BCP Review of To be Biodiversity PMAE, biodiversity including conservation plan (BCP) the project the BCD included NGO BSRDCL, the endangered must be prepared. The area PT: under External Gangetic dolphin, BCP must help to Comprehensi project Monitor migratory birds, enhance the local ve and clear costs for Ecology, reptiles and other biodiversity and protect BCP with Biodiversity Multi- species will be the endangered species activities NGO Sectoral affected by the on a long term sustainable targeted at Environme project basis to result in a “net conserving ntal gain” of biodiversity in the endangered Committee project area. species in the project area. Must include activities for long term financing to ensure 168
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) sustainability of the conservation activities 8. Cutting of trees 8.1 Need for cutting . Geometric Forest Throughout MI: BBudget Check Tree cutting PMAE, of trees. adjustments made to Conservatio the project amount budget To be maybe done BSRDCL, minimize tree cutting. n Act, 1980 area allocated for provision covered by by contractor Multi- . Obtain tree cutting Total compensatory for contractor under technical sectoral permission from forest number of afforestation compensat guidance of Environme department affected and additional ory the local ntal . Provision for trees=426 plantation afforestatio Forestry Committee mandatory Plantation n and Department compensatory sites along PT: Budget additional afforestation (1:2) for approach allocation is plantation. deposit of payment to roads and adequate, Forestry Department other areas . Provision for additional compensatory plantation on 1: 8 basis to be implemented by contractor 9. Shifting of Utilities 9.1 Disruption of . All telephone and Project Along the MI: Number Project Contractor in PMAE, utility services to electrical poles/wires requirement approach of complaints Interaction costs for collaboration BSRDCL local community and underground roads on from local with utility with BSRDCL cables should be the northern people, concerned shifting shifted before start of and number, utility construction southern timing and authorities . Necessary permission side of the type of and local and payments should bridge notifications public be made to relevant location issued to utility service agencies local people, to allow quick shifting time taken to and restoration of utility shift utilities services PT: No. of . Local people must be complaints 169
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) informed through should be 0. appropriate means Effective and about the time of timely shifting of utility notification. structures and potential Minimal time disruption of services if for utility any shifting
B. CONSTRUCTION STAGE 10. Air Quality 10.1 Dust Generation . Transpo rt, loading and MORTH Crushing MI: PM10 level Standards Included in Contractor PMAE, due to construction unloading of loose and Specification plant sites, measurements CPCB civil works BSRDCL activities and fine materials through s for Road approach Complaints methods cost transport, storage covered vehicles. and Bridge road areas, from locals due Observatio and handling of . Paved approach roads. works borrow or to dust ns construction . Storage areas to be Air (P and dredged Public materials located downwind of CP) Act material PT: PM10 consultatio the habitation area. 1974 and storage level< 100 n . Water spraying on Central areas ug/m3Number earthworks, unpaved Motor and of complaints Review of haulage roads and Vehicle Act should be 0. monitoring other dust prone areas. 1988 data . Provision of PPEs to maintained workers. by . Storage of construction contractor materials to be carried out in accordance with the construction material storage and handling plan 10.2 Emission of air . Regular maintenance The Air Asphalt MI: Levels of Standards Included in Contractor PMAE, pollutants of machinery and (Prevention mixing HC, SO2, CPCB civil works BSRDCL (HC,SO2,NOX,CO equipment. and Control plants, NO2, and CO. methods cost etc)from vehicles . Batching, asphalt of Pollution) crushers, Status of PUC due to traffic mixing plants and Act, 1981 DG sets certificates Review of congestion and crushers at downwind (Amended locations monitoring 170
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) use of equipment (1km) direction from 1987) and PT: SO2 and data and machinery the nearest settlement. Rules 1982 NO2 levels are maintained . Only crushers licensed both less than by by the PCB shall be 80ug/m3. PUC contractor used certificate of . DG sets with stacks of equipment and adequate height and machinery is use of low sulphur upto date diesel as fuel. . LPG should be used as fuel source in construction camps instead of wood . Ambient air quality monitoring . Contractor to prepare traffic management and dust suppression plan 11. Noise 11.1 Disturbance to All equipment to be Legal Throughout MI: day and As per Included in Contractor PMAE, local residents and timely serviced and requirement project area night Noise Noise rule, civil works BSRDCL sensitive receptors properly maintained. Noise especially levels. 2000 costs due to excessive Construction Pollution at Number of noise from equipment and (Regulation construction complaints Consultatio construction activities machinery to be and sites, from local n with local and operation of fitted with silencers Control) residential people people equipment and and maintained Rules, 2000 and machinery properly. and identified PT: Zero Review of Only IS approved amendment sensitive complaints or noise level equipment shall be s locations. no repeated monitoring used for construction thereof complaints by data activities. + local people. maintained Timing of noisy Clause No Average day by construction activities 501.8.6. and night time contractor shall be done during MORT&H noise levels night time and Specificatio are within Observatio weekends near ns for permissible n of schools, Road and limits for work constructio Implement noisy Bridge zone areas n site 171
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) operations works intermittently to reduce the total noise generated Manage existing traffic to avoid traffic jams and accumulation of noise beyond standards. Restrict construction near residential, built up and forest areas construction to daylight hours. Initiation of multi- layered plantation ,to serve as mitigation option for operation phase Honking restrictions near sensitive areas PPEs to workers Noise monitoring as per EMoP. 12. Landuse and Soil 12.1 Landuse Non-agricultural areas Project Approach MI: Borrow pit Review Included in Contractor PMAE, Change and Loss to be used as borrow requirement roads and locations borrow civil works BSRDCL of areas to the extent construction area plan, cost productive/topsoil possible. camps and Top soil site visits If using agricultural yards storage area land, top soil to be preserved and laid PT: Zero over either on the complaints or embankment slope for disputes growing vegetation to registered protect soil erosion. against Land for temporary contractor by facilities like land owner construction camp, 172
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) storage areas etc. shall be brought back to its original landuse
12.2 Soil erosion Bio-turfing of IRC: 56 - Throughout MI: Review of Included in Design PMAE, due to embankments to 1974 the entire Occurrence of design civil works consultant and BSRDCL Construction protect slopes. recommend project road slope failure or documents cost Contractor, activities, Slope protection by ed practice erosion issues and site earthwork, and cut providing frames, dry for observation and fill, stockpiles stone pitching, treatment of PT: No slope etc. masonry retaining embankme failures. walls, planting of nt slopes Minimal grass and trees. for erosion erosion issues Side slopes of all cut control and fill areas will be Clause No. graded and covered 306 and with stone pitching, 305.2.2 grass and shrub as MORT&H per design Specificatio specifications. Care ns for Road should be taken that and Bridge the slope gradient works shall not be greater Guidelines than 2:1. IX for Soil The earth stock piles erosion to be provided with gentle slopes to soil erosion. 12.3 Borrow area Obtain EC from IRC Borrow MI: Existence Review of Included Contractor PMAE, management SEIAA before opening Guidelines sites of borrow design in civil BSRDCL any new borrow area. on borrow location areas in document works Comply to EC areas and inappropriate s and site cost conditions for quarries unauthorized observatio Non-productive, (Environme locations. ns barren lands, ntal Poor borrow upland shall be used protection area Compare for borrowing earth Act and management site with the necessary Rules,1986; practices. conditions permissions/consents. Water Act, Number of with EC 173
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) Depths of borrow pits Air Act)+ accidents. conditions to be regulated and Clause Complaints by SEIAA sides not steeper than 305.2.2MO from local 25%. RTH people. Topsoil to be Specificatio stockpiled and ns for Road PT: No case protected for use at and Bridge of non- the rehabilitation works compliance to stage. Guidelines conditions Transportation of for Borrow stipulated by earth materials Areas SEIAA in through covered manageme clearance vehicles. nt letter. Zero Follow IRC accidents. recommended Zero practice for borrow complaints. pits (IRC 10: 1961) for identification of location, its operation and rehabilitation Borrow areas not to be dug continuously. To the extent borrow areas shall be sited away from settlements. Borrow areas shall be leveled with salvaged material or other filling materials which do not pose contamination of soil. Else, it shall be converted into fish pond. 12.4 Quarry Aggregates will be Clause Quarry MI: Existence Review of Included Contractor PMAE, Operations sourced from existing No.111.3M area of licenses for design in civil BSRDCL licensed quarries. ORT&H locations all quarry document works Copies of consent/ Specificati areas from s, cost approval / ons for which contractor 174
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) rehabilitation plan for Road and materials are document a new quarry or use of Bridge being s and site existing source will be works sourced observatio submitted to SHAJ. Guidelines n The contractor will VI for Existence of develop a Quarry Quarry a quarry Complian Redevelopment plan, Areas redevelopme ce to EC as per the Mining Managem nt plan conditions Rules of the state and ent in case of submit a copy of Environme PT: Quarry opening the approval to EA. ntal license is new Obtain environmental Protection valid.: No quarries clearance from SEIAA Rules case of non- in case of opening compliance to new quarry consent /permit conditions and air quality meets the prescribed limit 12.5 Compaction of Construction vehicles, Design Parking MI: Location Site Included Contractor PMAE, soil and impact on machinery, and requireme areas, of approach observatio in civil BSRDCL quarry haul roads equipment to be nt Haulage and haulage n works due to movement of stationed in the roads and roads cost vehicles and designated ROW to constructio Presence of equipment avoid compaction. n yards. destroyed/ Approach compacted roads/haulage roads agricultural shall be designed land or land along the barren and which has not hard soil area to be restored to reduce the its original compaction. condition Transportation of quarry material to the PT: Zero dumping site through occurrence of heavy vehicles shall destroyed/co mpacted land 175
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) be done through and existing major roads undestroyed to the extent possible land to restrict wear and tear to the village/minor roads. Land taken for construction camp and other temporary facility shall be restored to its original conditions 12.6 Contamination Construction vehicles Design Fuelling MI: Quality of Site Included Contractor PMAE, of soil due to and equipment requireme station, soil near observation in civil BSRDCL leakage/ spillage of will be maintained and nt constructio storage area work oil, bituminous and refueled in such a n sites, Presence of cost. non bituminous fashion that oil/diesel and spilled oil or debris generated spillage does not constructio bitumen in from demolition and contaminate the soil. n camps project area road construction Fuel storage and and refueling sites to be disposal kept away from location. PT: Soil test drainage channels. conforming to Unusable debris no – shall be contaminatio dumped in ditches n. No sighting and low lying areas. of spilled oil To avoid soil or bitumen in contamination Oil- construction Interceptors shall be site or camp provided at wash site down and refueling areas. Waste oil and oil soaked cotton/ cloth shall be stored in containers labeled ‘Waste Oil’ and ‘Hazardous’ sold off to 176
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) MoEF/SPCB authorized vendors Non-bituminous wastes to be dumped in borrow pits with the concurrence of landowner and covered with a layer of topsoil conserved from opening the pit. Bituminous wastes will be disposed off in an identified dumping site approved by the State Pollution Control Board 13. Water Resources 13.1 Sourcing of Requisite permission Central Throughout MI: Approval Checking Included Contractor PMAE, water during shall be obtained for Ground the Project from of in civil BSRDCL Construction abstraction of Water section competent document works groundwater from Authority authority ation cost Central Groundwater Guidelines Complaints Authority. Check Dam from local Arrangements shall at suitable people on Talk to be made by contractor locations water local that the water availability people availability and supply to nearby PT: Valid communities remain approval from unaffected. competent Water intensive authority. activities not to be Zero undertaken during complaints summer season. from local Provision of water people. harvesting structure to augment groundwater condition in the area 13.2 Disposal of Provisions shall be ClauseNo. Throughou MI: Condition Standards Included Contractor PMAE, 177
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) water during made to connect 1010EPAct t the of drainage methods in civil BSRDCL construction roadside drains with 1986 Project system in Site works existing nearby MORT&H section construction observatio cost natural drains. Specificati site. n and ons for review of Road and Presence/abs document Bridge ence of water s works logging in project area.
PT: Existence of proper drainage system. No water logging in project area
13.3 Alteration in Existing drainage Design Near all MI: Proper Review of Included Contractor PMAE, surface water system to be requireme drainage flow of water design in civil BSRDCL hydrology maintained and nt, Clause channels, in existing document works further enhanced. No river/nallah streams and s cost Provision shall be 501.8.6. crossings rivers made for adequate MORT&H etc. Site size and number of Specificati PT: No observatio cross drainage ons complain of n structures esp. in the water areas where land is for Road shortage by sloping towards road and Bridge downstream alignment. communities. Road level shall be No record of raised above HFL overtopping/ level wherever road water logging level is lesser than HFL. Culverts reconstruction shall be done during lean 178
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) flow period. In some cases these minor channels may be diverted for a very short period (15-30 days) and will be bring back to its original course immediately after construction. 13.4 Siltation in Embankment slopes Design Near all MI: Field Included Contractor PMAE, water bodies due to to be modified suitably requiremen water Presence/abs observatio in civil BSRDCL construction to restrict the soil t, bodies/ ence of n works activities/earthwork debris entering water Clause waterway siltation in cost bodies. No rivers, Provision of Silt 501.8.6. streams, fencing shall be made MORT&H ponds and at water bodies. Specific other water Silt/sediment should ations bodies in be collected and for project area. stockpiled for possible Road Turbidity test reuse as surfacing of and levels slopes where they Bridgew have to be re- orks PT: No vegetated. records of Earthworks and stone Worldwid siltation due works to be e best to project prevented from practices activities. impeding natural flow Surface water of rivers, streams and quality tests water canals or confirm to existing drainage turbidity and system. TSS limit Retaining walls at water bodies /ponds to avoid siltation near ponds 13.5 Deterioration No vehicles or The Water Water MI: Water Conductio Included Contractor PMAE, in Surface water equipment should be (Prevention bodies, quality of n of water in BSRDCL quality due to parked or refueled and refueling ponds, quality civil works 179
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) leakage from near water-bodies, so Control of stations, streams, rivers tests as cost vehicles and as to avoid Pollution) constructio and other per the equipment and contamination from Act, 1974 n camps. water bodies in monitoring waste from fuel and lubricants. and project plan construction Oil and grease traps amendmen camps. and fuelling platforms ts thereof. Presence of oil Field to be provided at re- floating in observatio fuelling locations. water bodies in n All chemicals and oil project area shall be stored away from water and PT: Surface concreted platform water quality with catchment pit for meets spills collection. freshwater All equipment quality operators, drivers, standards and warehouse prescribed by personnel will be CPCB trained in immediate response for spill containment and eventual clean-up. Readily available, simple to understand and preferably written in the local language emergency response procedure, including reporting, will be provided by the contractors Construction camp to be sited away from water bodies. Wastes must be collected, stored and taken to approve disposal site only. Water quality shall be 180
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) monitored 14. Flora and Fauna 14.1 Vegetation loss Restrict tree cutting ForestCon Throughou MI: ROW Review of Mandator Mandatory PMAE, due to site upto toe line servationA t project width relevant y Compensator BSRDCL preparation and considering safety to ct1980 corridor Number of document Compens y plantation construction road users. + trees for s – tree atory by forest activities and Roadside trees to be IRCSP:21 Estimated felling cutting afforestati Department removed with prior andIRCSP No. of Compensator permit, on cost is and approval of competent :66 affected y plantation compensa included Additional authority. tree=2457 plan tory in project plantation by Mandatory Number of plantation costs contractor in compensatory Additional trees plan. under partnership plantation at 1:2 basis Plantation replanted. Meeting SHAJ. with to be done by near with JFM Additional respective Forestry Department Sensitive PT: Additional Committe compens local JFM Additional receptors, compensatory e atory Committee compensatory river afforestation members afforestati plantation 1:2 as per banks, done on a 1:2 on costs the IRC guidelines to borrow basis by Field included be carried out by areas contractor observatio in civil contractor in through JFM. ns works partnership with Number of costs respective village JFM trees planted Committee. Local is double the villagers to be number of employed for trees afforestation activities. removed. Employment Tree survival preference to be given rate is at least to women 70%. Regular maintenance of all trees planted. Provision of LPG in construction camp as fuel source to avoid tree cutting. Plantation of trees on both sides of the road where technically 181
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) feasible. Integrate vegetation management (IVM) with the carriage way completely clear of vegetation. Additional plantation near sensitive receptors, river banks to minimize noise & air pollution, and to check erosion. Controlled use of pesticides/ fertilizers 15. Construction Camps and yards 15.1 Impact All camps should be Design All MI: Location On site Included Contractor PMAE, associated with established with prior Requiremen constructio of campsites observation in civil and EO BSRDCL location permission from PCB. t n camps and distance works Camps to maintain The Water from Interaction cost minimum distance from (Preventio habitation, with following: n and forest areas, workers # 500 m from habitation Control of water bodies, and local # 500 m from forest areas Pollution)A through traffic community where possible ct,1974and route and # 500 m from water bodies its construction where possible amendmen camps # 500 m from through traffic ts PT: Distance route thereof of campsite is less than 500m from listed locations 15.2 Worker’s Health The location, layout The All MI: Camp Camp Part of the Contractor PMAE, in construction and basic facility Building construction health records civil works BSRDCL camp provision of each labor and Other camps records costs camp will be submitted Constructi Site to CSC and approved b on workers Existence of observatio EA. The contractor will (Regulatio proper first n 182
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) maintain necessary n of aid kit in living accommodation Employme camp site Consultati and ancillary facilities in nt and on with functional and hygienic Conditions Complaints contractor manner. o service) from workers. workers . Adequate water and Act 1996 and local sanitary latrines with and PT: No people septic tanks with soak The Water record of living pits shall be provided. (Preventio illness due to nearby . Preventive medical n and unhygienic care facilities in camp. Control of conditions or . Waste disposal Pollution) vectors. Zero facilities such as dust Act,1974 cases of STD. bins must be provided and Clean and in the camps and amendmen tidy camp site regular disposal of ts conditions. waste must be carried thereof out . . The Contractor will take all precautions to protect the workers from insect and pest to reduce the risk to health. This includes the use of insecticides which should comply with local regulations. . No alcoholic liquor or prohibited drugs will be imported to, sell, give and barter to the workers of host community. . Awareness raising to immigrant workers/local community on communicable and sexually transmitted diseases. 16. Management of Construction Waste/Debris 183
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) 16.1 Selection of Unproductive/wastelan Design At all MI: Location Field Included Contractor. PMAE, Dumping Sites ds shall be selected Requireme Dumping of dumping survey in civil BSRDCL for dumping sites away nt and Sites sites and works from residential areas MORT&H Number of interaction cost. and water bodies guidelines public with local . Dumping sites must be complaints. people. having adequate Review of capacity equal to the PT: No public consent amount of debris complaints. letter generated. Consent . Public perception and letters for all consent from the dumping sites village Panchayats has available with to be obtained before contractor finalizing the location. . Develop waste management plan for various specific waste streams (e.g., reusable waste, . flammable waste, construction debris, food waste etc.) prior to commencing of . construction and submit to BBA for approval. . Organize disposal of all wastes generated during construction in an environmentally acceptable manner. This will include consideration of the nature and location of disposal site, so as to cause less environmental impact. . Minimize the production of waste 184
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) materials by 3R (Reduce, Recycle and Reuse) approach. . Segregate and reuse or recycle all the wastes, wherever practical. . Prohibit burning of solid waste . Collect and transport non-hazardous wastes to all the approved disposal sites. Vehicles transporting solid waste shall be covered with tarps or nets to prevent spilling waste along the route . Train and instruct all personnel in waste management practices and procedures as a component of the environmental induction process. . Provide refuse containers at each worksite. . Request suppliers to minimize packaging where practicable. . Place a high emphasis on good housekeeping practices. Maintain all construction sites in a cleaner, tidy and safe condition and provide and maintain appropriate facilities as temporary storage of all wastes before 185
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) transportation and final disposal. 16.2 Reuse and . The existing bitumen MORT&H Throughout MI: Percentage Contractor Included in Contractor. PMAE, disposal of surface shall be utilized guidelines the project of reuse of records civil works BSRDCL construction and for paving of cross corridor existing surface cost. dismantled roads, access roads, material Field waste and paving works in observatio construction sites Method and n and camps, location of temporary traffic disposal site of Interaction diversions, and construction with local haulage routes. debris people . All excavated materials Contractor from roadway, records shoulders, verges, drains, cross drainage PT: No public will be used for complaint and backfilling consent letters embankments, filling for all dumping pits, and landscaping. sites available . Unusable and non- with contractor bituminous debris or CSC materials should be suitably disposed off at pre-designated disposal locations, with approval of the concerned authority. The bituminous wastes shall be disposed in secure landfill sites only in environmentally accepted manner. For removal of debris, wastes and its disposal MOSRTH guidelines should be followed. . Unusable and surplus materials, as determined by the 186
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) Project Engineer, will be removed and disposed off-site. 17. Traffic Management and Safety 17.1 Management . Temporary traffic Design Throughout MI: Traffic Review Included Contractor PMAE, of existing diversion shall be requirement the project management traffic in civil BSRDCL traffic and planned by the and corridor plan. managem works safety contractor and IRC: SP: 27 especially Presence/ ent plan cost. approved by the - at absence Field ‘Engineer’. 1984,Repor intersection ofsafety signs, observatio . The traffic control plans t Containing s. clear traffic n of traffic shall contain details of Recommen demarcations, managem diversions; traffic safety dation of flag men etc. ent and arrangements during IRC on site. safety construction; safety Regional Complaints system measures for night time Workshops from road traffic and precautions on Highway users. Interaction for transportation Safety Number of with of hazardous IRC:SP: 32 traffic people in materials. Traffic -1988 Road accidents vehicles control plans shall be Safety for using the prepared in line with Children (5-12 YearsPT Old): No road requirements of IRC’s IRC:SP: 44 complaints. SP 55 document’. -1994 No accidents . The Contractor will Highway due to poor ensure that the Safety traffic diversion/detour is Code IRC: management. always maintained in SP: 55 - Traffic signs, running condition, 2001Guideli demarcation particularly during the nes for lines etc. monsoon to avoid Safety in Constructionpresent Zones in disruption to traffic flow. The appropriate . On stretches where it is Building and locations on not possible to pass the other site traffic on the part width Constructio of existing carriageway, n workers temporary paved Act 1996 diversions will be and Cess constructed. Act of 1996 187
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) . Restriction of Factories construction activity to Act 1948 only one side of the existing road. . The contractor shall inform local community of changes to traffic routes, and pedestrian access arrangements with assistance from “Engineer”. . Use of adequate signages to ensure traffic management and safety. Conduct of regular safety audit on safety measures. 17.2 Safety of . Contractors to adopt Same as Constructio MI: Availability Site Included Obligation of PMAE, Workers and and maintain safe above n sites of Safety observatio in civil Contractor BSRDCL accident risk from working practices. gears to n works construction . Usage of fluorescent workers cost activities and retro refectory Review signage, in local Safety records on language at the signage safety construction sites Training training . Training to workers on records on and safety procedures and safety accidents precautions. . Mandatory Number of Interact appointment of safety safety related with officer. accidents constructio . All regulations n workers regarding safe PT: Zero fatal scaffolding, ladders, accidents. working Zero or minor platforms, gangway, non-fatal stairwells, excavations, accidents. trenches and safe means of entry and egress shall be 188
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) complied with. . Provision of PPEs to workers. . Provision of a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of dressing materials. . Thecontractorwillnote mployanypersonbelow theageof18years . Use of hazardous material should be minimized and/or restricted. . Emergency plan (to be approved by engineer) shall be prepared to respond to any accidents or emergencies. . Accident Prevention Officer must be appointed by the contractor. 17.3 . Temporary access and Same as Near MI: Presence/ Field Included Contractor PMAE, Pedestrians diversion, with proper above habitation absence of observation in civil BSRDCL , animal drainage facilities. on both access routes Interaction works movement . Access to the schools, sides of for with local cost. temples and other schools, pedestrians. people public places must be temples, Road signage maintained when hospitals, Number of construction takes graveyards, complaints place near them. construction from local . Fencing wherever sites, people cattle movement is haulage expected. roads, PT: Easy . Large number of box diversion access to culverts with has been sites. schools, proposed. .All temples and 189
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) structures having public places. vertical clearance Zero above 3m and not complaints catering to perennial flow of water may serve as underpass for animals 17.4 Accident risk . Restrict access to Same as Constructio MI: Safety Site Included Contractor PMAE, to local construction sites only above n sites signs and inspection in civil BSRDCL community to authorized their location works personnel. Consultati cost . Physical separation Incidents of on with must be provided for accidents local movement of people vehicular and human Complaints traffic. from local . Adequate signage people must be provided for PT: Zero safe traffic movement incident of . Provision of accidents. temporary diversions Zero and awareness to complaints. locals before opening new construction fronts.
18. Site restoration and rehabilitation 18.1 Clean-up . Contractor will prepare Project Throughout MI: Condition Site Included Contractor PMAE, Operations, site restoration plans, requiremen the project of camp sites, observatio in civil BSRDCL Restoration which will be approved t corridor, construction n works and by the ‘Engineer’. constructio sites and cost. Rehabilitation . The clean-up and n camp borrow areas. Interaction restoration operations sites and Presence/abs with locals are to be implemented borrow ence of by the contractor prior to areas construction Issue demobilization. material/debri completion . All construction zones s after certificate including river-beds, completion of after culverts, road-side construction restoration 190
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) areas, camps, hot mix works on of all sites plant sites, crushers, construction are found batching plant sites site. satisfactor and any other area y used/affected by the PT: Clean project will be left clean and tidy sites. and tidy, to the No trash or satisfaction of the debris left on Environmental officer. site. Site . All the opened borrow restored and areas will be leveled. rehabilitated and ‘Engineer’ will certify
C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE STAGE 1. Biodiversity conservation 1.1 Implementation of Project At MI: No. of Site Included SHAJ field BSRDCL biodiversity Requireme identified vehicle - Observatio in offices/Fores conservation plan nt elephant elephant n Operation t Department (BCP) crossing collision. Time / locations (day or night, Discussion Maintena season/month with local nce cost )and location People of collision. Cause of Collection collision. informatio Number of n from incidents of Forestry human – Departme elephant nt conflict.
PT: Zero vehicle - elephant collisions. Reduced number of human- 191
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) elephant conflicts. Improvement in elephant habitat coverage and quality 1. 2. Air Quality 2.1 Air pollution . Roadside tree Environmen Throughout MI: Ambient As per Included SHAJ BSRDCL due to due to plantations and tal the air quality CPCB in vehicular plantation near toll Protection Corridor (PM10, requireme Operation movement plaza shall be Act, 1986; CO,SO2 nts / maintained. The Air NO2) Maintena . Regular maintenance (Prevention nce cost of the road will be and Control PT: Levels Site done to ensure good of Pollution) are equal to inspection surface condition Act, 1981 or below . Ambient air quality baseline monitoring. If levels given in monitored parameters the IEE report exceeds prescribed limit, suitable control measures must be taken. . Signages shall be provided reminding them to to properly maintain their vehicles to economize on fuel consumption. . Enforcement of vehicle emission rules in coordination with transport department or installing emission checking equipment 2. Land and Soil 4.1 Soil erosion at . Periodic checking to Project At bridge MI: Existence On site Included SHAJ BSRDCL embankment be carried to assess requireme locations of soil erosion observatio in 192
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) during heavy the effectiveness of nt and sites n Operation rainfall. the stabilization embankm Number of / measures viz. turfing, ent slopes soil erosion Maintena stone pitching, river and other sites nce cost training structures etc. probable . Necessary measures soil PT: Zero or to be followed erosion minimal wherever there are areas. occurrences failures of soil erosion
3. Water resources/Flooding and Inundation 5.1 Siltation . Regular checks shall Project Near MI: Water Site Include SHAJ BSRDCL be made for soil requirement surface quality observatio d in erosion and turfing Water n Operati conditions of river bodies PT: No on/ training structures for turbidity of Mainten its effective surface water ance maintenance. bodies due to cost the road 5.2 Water logging . Regular visual checks Project Near MI: Presence/ Site Include SHAJ BSRDCL due to blockage of and cleaning of drains requirement surface absence of observatio d in drains, culverts or shallbedonealongtheali Water water logging n Operati streams gnmenttoensurethatflo bodies along the on/Main wofwaterismaintainedt road tenance hroughcrossdrainsand cost otherchannels/streams PT: No record . of . Monitoring of overtopping/ water borne Water logging diseases due to stagnant water bodies 4. Flora 6.1 Vegetation . Planted trees, shrubs, Forest Project tree MI: Tree/plants Records and Operatio SHAJ/JFM/For BSRDCL and grasses to be Conservati plantation survival rate field n/ est properly maintained. on Act sites observations Maintena Department . The tree survival audit 1980 PT: Minimum . Information nce Cost to be conducted at rate of 70% tree from 193
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) least once in a year to survival Forestry assess the Department effectiveness
5. Maintenance of Right of Way and Safety 7.1 Accident Risk . Efforts shall be made Project Throughout MI: Presence Visual Include SHAJ BSRDCL due to uncontrolled to make shoulder requirement the Project and extent of inspection d in growth of completely clear of route vegetation operatio vegetation vegetation. growth on either Check n/Maint . Regular maintenance side of road. accident enance of plantation along the Number of records cost roadside accidents. . No invasive plantation near the road. PT: No accidents due to vegetation growth 7.2 Accident risks . Traffic control IRC:SP:55 Throughout MI: Number of Review Include BSRDCL associated with measures, including the Project accidents accident d in traffic movement. speed limits, will been route Conditions and records operatio SHAJ forced strictly. existence of n . Further encroachment safety signs, Site /Mainte of squatters within rumble strips observations nance the ROW will be etc. on the road cost prevented. Presence/absen . No school or hospital ce of sensitive will be allowed to be receptor established beyond structures inside the stipulated planning the stipulated line as per relevant planning line as local law per relevant . Monitor/ensurethatalls local law afetyprovisionsinclude dindesignandconstructi PT: Fatal and onphaseareproperlym non fatal aintained accident rate is . Highway patrol reduced after unit(s)for round the improvement 194
Environmental Avoidance/Mitigation/ Referenc Location Monitoring Monitoring Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Issue/ Compensation Measures e to laws/ indicators Methods Costs Implementation Supervision Component guideline (MI)/ Performance Target (PT) clock patrolling. Phone booth for accidental reporting and ambulance services with minimum response time for rescue of any accident victims, if possible. . Tow-way facility for the breakdown vehicles if possible.
7.3.Transport . Existence of spill - Throughout MI: Status of Review of Include SHAJ BSRDCL of Dangerous prevention and control the project emergency spill d in Goods and emergency stretch system – prevention operatio responsive system whether and n/Maint . Emergency plan for operational or emergency enance vehicles carrying not response cost. hazardous material plan PT: Fully Spill functional accident emergency records system
195
ANNEX 8: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASES
Parameter Location Means of Monitoring Frequency Responsible Agency Est. Cost Implem’tn. Supv’n. (US$’000) Construction Phase Heavy Metals At dredging sites, and Laboratory analysis of river Part of dredge Contractor PMAE, BSRDC $1.5 per site/ (Pb, CD, Cr, Cu, based on the Dredge material for metal screening, and material screening. through an sampling Zn, Mn, As, Se Plan, along the during dredging period Every 6 months accredited and Hg) dispersion plume during dredging institution period and 2x6 mos after dredging. Depth of top Soil At all project sites Top soil of 0.5 m depth should be Beginning of earth Contractor PMAE Part of civil work including construction excavated and stored properly as filling cost yards, approach provided in the borrow area works and every 6 roads, borrow areas, management plan months bridge end facilities, etc The stored top soils will be used for bio-engineering or filling materials Soil Pollution At all project sites Visual inspection that dredge filling Every 3 months Contractor PMAE $1/ including construction is through several compartments discharge point/ yards, approach roads, in accordance with dredge sampling bridge end facilities. material management plan
Ensure no contaminated effluent is leaving from the filling area to the nearby agricultural lands.
Water quality sampling of all effluent prior to discharge Erosion Streambank erosion Visual inspection of erosion Monthly Contractor PMAE $10/month along the upstream of ,prevention measures and Diara, side slopes of the occurrence of erosion embankments and material storage sites Hydrocarbon and Construction camps Visual Inspection of storage Monthly Contractor PMAE $1/ sampling chemical storage facilities. Water quality sampling of point/ sampling all effluent from storage are for oil and grease Local Roads Approach Roads Visual inspection to ensure local Monthly Contractor PMAE Part of civil works roads are not damaged. Grievance and redress Traffic Safety and Haul and all affected As identified in the management Daily Contractor PMAE As estimated in Management roads as identified in plan the management 196
Parameter Location Means of Monitoring Frequency Responsible Agency Est. Cost Implem’tn. Supv’n. (US$’000) the traffic management plan plan Air Quality (dust, Construction sites Visual inspection to ensure good Daily(visual) Contractor PMAE $0.5/ sampling smoke) standard equipment are in use point/ and dust suppression measures Monthly for dust Sample
Dust monitoring in and around (receptor) construction camp and all active construction camps
(spraying of waters) are in place. Asphalt Plant Visual inspection to ensure Weekly Monthly PMAE asphalt plant is located >500 m from residential areas Material storage sites Visual inspection to ensure dust Monthly Contractor PMAE suppression work plan is being implemented Air Quality (PM10, On both the banks of Air quality monitoring Monthly Contractor PMAE $0.5/ sampling PM2.5, SPM, Ganga including Diara through a point/sample SO2, and all access roads nationally NOx, Pb) recognized laboratory Noise Construction sites Visual inspection to ensure good Weekly Contractor PMAE Part of civil works standard equipment are in use
Visual inspection to ensure use of Daily PPEs on work areas with elevated noise.
Ensure work restriction between Daily 21:00-06:00 close to the sensitive locations
Hourly, day and night time noise Monthly Contractor $1/ sampling site/ levels (dB) monitoring using noise through a sample meters nationally recognized laboratory Underwater noise At a distance of 50m, Noise levels on decibels (dB) Quarterly during piling Contractor PMAE $75 (lump sum) 250m and 500m at scale through a External 197
Parameter Location Means of Monitoring Frequency Responsible Agency Est. Cost Implem’tn. Supv’n. (US$’000) pier locations during pile over a range of frequencies which nationally Monitor driving (as directed by the level is measured (1μP a2 /Hz recognized PMAE) for Peak, SEL and RMS noise laboratory levels using hydrophones Surface water 15 sites covering bridge Sampling and analysis of surface Quarterly Contractor PMAE $0.75/ sampling quality (Turbidity, site, other surface water quality through a External point/ TSS, pH, TDS, waters located near the nationally Monitor sample TSS, EC, Cl, construction sites recognized NH3- (including those laboratory N, Fe, As, DO, locations where BOD, COD, TC, baseline water quality FC, Oil and monitoring was carried Grease) out) Groundwater Drinking water wells Depth of tube well should be more During drilling of wells Contractor $0.5/ sampling quality (As, Mn, established by than 300m. Test water for heavy through a PMAE site/ sample Fe, contractor for metals, iron and manganese nationally External and coliforms) construction workers before installing of casing. If the recognized Monitor quality is found not suitable further laboratory deepening will be done. Waste Construction camps and Visual inspection that solid waste Weekly Contractor PMAE Part of civil works Management construction sites is disposed at designated site Drinking water In construction yards Ensure the construction workers Weekly Contactor PMAE Part of civil works and and construction are provided with safe water and sanitation camps sanitation facilities in the site
Wildlife Near all the Ensure the adherence of the Monthly Contractor External $15/ month/site Monitoring construction sites mitigation measures proposed in through a NGO Monitor (excluding BCP BCP. biodiversity Implementation And other sites estimated cost of identified in the U$500,000) biodiversity conservation plan (BCP) Floral Monitoring Project area Tree survival of Plantation Site Monthly Contractor $5/mo through NGO Gangetic Dolphin Project area Counting number, occurrence 2x Year Contractor PMAE, External $500 Lump Sum Monitoring assessment, and presence of Monitor infants will be monitored within 2 km buffer area from bridge location. During Operation 198
Parameter Location Means of Monitoring Frequency Responsible Agency Est. Cost Implem’tn. Supv’n. (US$’000) and Maintenance Air quality At toll plaza and diara 24 hours air quality monitoring of quarterly BSRDC SPCB $0.5/ sampling PM10, PM2.5, SPM, SO2, NOx, point/ sample Pb Noise Quality Toll plaza, bridge end Hourly, day and night time noise Quarterly BSRDC SPCB $0.5/ sampling points, diara levels (dB) monitoring using noise point/ sample meters Gangetic Dolphin Within 2 km buffer Part of the faunal monitoring Annual BSRDC State Wildlife BSRDC Budget monitoring area from bridge Gangetic Dolphin will also be Board location monitored once in a year. Counting number, occurrence assessment, and presence of infants will be monitored within 2 km buffer area